1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } // end anonymous namespace 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw___float128: 112 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 113 case tok::kw_bool: 114 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 115 case tok::kw___auto_type: 116 return true; 117 118 case tok::annot_typename: 119 case tok::kw_char16_t: 120 case tok::kw_char32_t: 121 case tok::kw_typeof: 122 case tok::annot_decltype: 123 case tok::kw_decltype: 124 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 125 126 default: 127 break; 128 } 129 130 return false; 131 } 132 133 namespace { 134 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 135 NotFound, 136 FoundNonType, 137 FoundType 138 }; 139 } // end anonymous namespace 140 141 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 142 /// dependent class. 143 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 144 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 145 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 146 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 147 SourceLocation NameLoc, 148 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 149 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 150 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 151 // Look for type decls in base classes. 152 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 153 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 154 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 155 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 156 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 157 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 158 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 159 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 160 // templates. 161 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 162 continue; 163 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 164 if (!TD) 165 continue; 166 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 167 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 168 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 169 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 170 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 171 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 172 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 173 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 174 BaseRD = PS; 175 } 176 } 177 } 178 if (BaseRD) { 179 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 180 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 181 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 182 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 183 } 184 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 185 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 186 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 187 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 188 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 189 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 190 break; 191 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 192 break; 193 } 194 } 195 } 196 } 197 198 return FoundTypeDecl; 199 } 200 201 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 202 const IdentifierInfo &II, 203 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 204 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 205 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 206 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 207 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 208 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 209 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 210 DC = DC->getParent()) { 211 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 212 // templates. 213 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 214 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 215 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 216 } 217 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 218 return nullptr; 219 220 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 221 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 222 // lookup during template instantiation. 223 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 224 225 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 226 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 227 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 228 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 229 230 CXXScopeSpec SS; 231 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 232 233 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 234 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 235 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 236 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 237 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 238 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 239 } 240 241 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 242 /// return the declaration of that type. 243 /// 244 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 245 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 246 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 247 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 248 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 249 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 250 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 251 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 252 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 253 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 254 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 255 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 256 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 257 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 258 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 259 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 260 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 261 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 262 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 263 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 264 265 if (!LookupCtx) { 266 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 267 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 268 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 269 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 270 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 271 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 272 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 273 // 274 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 275 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 276 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 277 return nullptr; 278 279 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 280 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 281 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 282 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 283 284 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 285 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 286 II, NameLoc); 287 return ParsedType::make(T); 288 } 289 290 return nullptr; 291 } 292 293 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 294 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 295 return nullptr; 296 } 297 298 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 299 // lookup for class-names. 300 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 301 LookupOrdinaryName; 302 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 303 if (LookupCtx) { 304 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 305 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 306 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 307 // nested-name-specifier. 308 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 309 310 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 311 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 312 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 313 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 314 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 315 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 316 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 317 LookupName(Result, S); 318 } 319 } else { 320 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 321 LookupName(Result, S); 322 323 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 324 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 325 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 326 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 327 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 328 return TypeInBase; 329 } 330 } 331 332 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 333 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 334 case LookupResult::NotFound: 335 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 336 if (CorrectedII) { 337 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 338 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 339 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 340 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 341 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 342 TemplateTy Template; 343 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 344 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 345 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 346 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 347 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 348 if (SS && NNS) { 349 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 350 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 351 } 352 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 353 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 354 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 355 // is handled elsewhere). 356 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 357 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 358 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 359 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 360 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 361 IsCtorOrDtorName, 362 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 363 if (Ty) { 364 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 365 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 366 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 367 if (SS && NNS) 368 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 369 *CorrectedII = NewII; 370 return Ty; 371 } 372 } 373 } 374 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 375 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 376 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 377 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 378 return nullptr; 379 380 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 381 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 382 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 383 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 384 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 385 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 386 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 387 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 388 return nullptr; 389 } 390 391 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 392 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 393 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 394 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 395 if (!IIDecl || 396 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 397 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 398 IIDecl = *Res; 399 } 400 } 401 402 if (!IIDecl) { 403 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 404 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 405 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 406 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 407 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 408 // a type name. 409 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 410 return nullptr; 411 } 412 413 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 414 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 415 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 416 // perform the name lookup again. 417 break; 418 419 case LookupResult::Found: 420 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 421 break; 422 } 423 424 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 425 426 QualType T; 427 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 428 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 429 430 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 431 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 432 433 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 434 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 435 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 436 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 437 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 438 // Construct a type with type-source information. 439 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 440 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 441 442 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 443 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 444 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 445 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 446 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 447 } else { 448 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 449 } 450 } 451 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 452 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 453 if (!HasTrailingDot) 454 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 455 } 456 457 if (T.isNull()) { 458 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 459 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 460 return nullptr; 461 } 462 return ParsedType::make(T); 463 } 464 465 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 466 static NestedNameSpecifier * 467 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 468 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 469 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 470 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 471 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 472 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 473 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 474 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 475 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 476 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 477 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 478 } 479 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 480 } 481 482 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 483 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 484 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 485 /// correctly rejects. 486 static const CXXRecordDecl * 487 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 488 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 489 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 490 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 491 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 492 return MD->getParent(); 493 } 494 return nullptr; 495 } 496 497 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 498 SourceLocation NameLoc, 499 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 500 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 501 502 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 503 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 504 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 505 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 506 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 507 // lookup is retried. 508 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 509 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 510 // name specifiers. 511 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 512 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 513 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 514 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 515 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 516 // instantiation time. 517 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 518 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 519 520 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 521 // template instantiation. 522 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 523 << RD; 524 } else { 525 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 526 return ParsedType(); 527 } 528 529 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 530 531 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 532 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 533 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 534 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 535 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 536 537 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 538 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 539 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 540 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 541 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 542 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 543 } 544 545 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 546 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 547 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 548 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 549 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 550 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 551 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 552 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 553 LookupName(R, S, false); 554 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 555 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 556 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 557 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 558 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 559 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 560 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 561 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 562 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 563 } 564 } 565 566 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 567 } 568 569 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 570 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 571 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 572 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 573 /// @code 574 /// template<class T> class A { 575 /// public: 576 /// typedef int TYPE; 577 /// }; 578 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 579 /// public: 580 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 581 /// }; 582 /// @endcode 583 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 584 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 585 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 586 return true; 587 588 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 589 590 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 591 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 592 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 593 return true; 594 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 595 } 596 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 597 } 598 599 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 600 SourceLocation IILoc, 601 Scope *S, 602 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 603 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 604 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 605 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 606 SuggestedType = nullptr; 607 608 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 609 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 610 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 611 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 612 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 613 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 614 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 615 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 616 // We corrected to a keyword. 617 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 618 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 619 } else { 620 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 621 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 622 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 623 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 624 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 625 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 626 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 627 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 628 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 629 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 630 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 631 } else { 632 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 633 } 634 635 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 636 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 637 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 638 SourceRange(IILoc)); 639 SuggestedType = 640 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 641 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 642 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 643 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 644 } 645 return; 646 } 647 648 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 649 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 650 UnqualifiedId Name; 651 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 652 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 653 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 654 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 655 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 656 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 657 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 658 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 659 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 660 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 661 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 662 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 663 } 664 return; 665 } 666 } 667 668 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 669 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 670 671 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 672 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 673 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 674 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 675 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 676 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 677 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 678 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 679 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 680 681 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 682 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 683 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 684 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 685 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 686 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 687 } else { 688 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 689 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 690 } 691 } 692 693 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 694 /// or 695 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 696 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 697 NextToken.is(tok::less); 698 699 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 700 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 701 return true; 702 703 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 704 return true; 705 } 706 707 return false; 708 } 709 710 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 711 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 712 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 713 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 714 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 715 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 716 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 717 StringRef FixItTagName; 718 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 719 case TTK_Class: 720 FixItTagName = "class "; 721 break; 722 723 case TTK_Enum: 724 FixItTagName = "enum "; 725 break; 726 727 case TTK_Struct: 728 FixItTagName = "struct "; 729 break; 730 731 case TTK_Interface: 732 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 733 break; 734 735 case TTK_Union: 736 FixItTagName = "union "; 737 break; 738 } 739 740 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 741 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 742 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 743 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 744 745 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 746 I != IEnd; ++I) 747 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 748 << Name << TagName; 749 750 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 751 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 752 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 753 return true; 754 } 755 756 return false; 757 } 758 759 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 760 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 761 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 762 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 763 764 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 765 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 766 767 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 768 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 769 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 770 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 771 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 772 } 773 774 Sema::NameClassification 775 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 776 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 777 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 778 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 779 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 780 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 781 782 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 783 NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation()); 784 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false); 785 } 786 787 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 788 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 789 790 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 791 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 792 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 793 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 794 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 795 return TypeInBase; 796 } 797 798 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 799 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 800 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 801 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 802 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 803 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 804 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 805 return E; 806 } 807 808 bool SecondTry = false; 809 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 810 811 Corrected: 812 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 813 case LookupResult::NotFound: 814 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 815 // call. 816 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 817 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 818 // FIXME: Reference? 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 820 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 821 822 // C90 6.3.2.2: 823 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 824 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 825 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 826 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 827 // the function call, the declaration 828 // 829 // extern int identifier (); 830 // 831 // appeared. 832 // 833 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 834 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 835 Result.addDecl(D); 836 Result.resolveKind(); 837 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 838 } 839 } 840 841 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 842 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 843 // "struct", or "union". 844 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 845 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 846 break; 847 } 848 849 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 850 // close to this name. 851 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 852 SecondTry = true; 853 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 854 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 855 &SS, std::move(CCC), 856 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 857 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 858 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 859 860 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 861 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 862 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 863 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 864 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 865 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 866 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 867 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 868 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 869 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 870 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 871 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 872 } 873 874 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 875 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 876 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 877 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 878 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 879 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 880 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 881 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 882 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 883 } 884 885 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 886 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 887 888 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 889 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 890 return Name; 891 892 // Also update the LookupResult... 893 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 894 Result.clear(); 895 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 896 if (FirstDecl) 897 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 898 899 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 900 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 901 // reference the ivar. 902 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 903 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 904 Result.clear(); 905 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 906 return E; 907 } 908 909 goto Corrected; 910 } 911 } 912 913 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 914 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 915 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 916 917 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 918 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 919 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 920 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 921 922 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 923 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 924 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 925 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 926 // qualified by the keyword typename. 927 // 928 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 929 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 930 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 931 // keyword here. 932 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 933 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 934 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 935 } 936 937 case LookupResult::Found: 938 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 939 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 940 break; 941 942 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 943 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 944 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 945 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 946 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 947 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 948 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 949 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 950 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 951 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 952 // ambiguous. 953 // 954 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 955 // so try again after filtering out template names. 956 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 957 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 958 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 959 break; 960 } 961 } 962 963 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 964 return NameClassification::Error(); 965 } 966 967 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 968 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 969 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 970 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 971 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 972 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 973 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 974 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 975 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 976 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 977 978 if (!Result.empty()) { 979 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 980 bool IsVarTemplate; 981 TemplateName Template; 982 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 983 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 984 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 985 Result.end()); 986 } else { 987 TemplateDecl *TD 988 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 989 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 990 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 991 992 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 993 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 994 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 995 TD); 996 else 997 Template = TemplateName(TD); 998 } 999 1000 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1001 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1002 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1003 // to based on which function we selected. 1004 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1005 1006 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1007 } 1008 1009 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1010 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1011 } 1012 } 1013 1014 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1015 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1018 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1019 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1020 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1021 return ParsedType::make(T); 1022 } 1023 1024 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1025 if (!Class) { 1026 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1027 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1028 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1029 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1030 } 1031 1032 if (Class) { 1033 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1034 1035 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1036 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1037 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1038 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1039 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1040 } 1041 1042 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1043 return ParsedType::make(T); 1044 } 1045 1046 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1047 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && 1048 !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1049 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1050 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1051 1052 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1053 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1054 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1055 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1056 (NextIsOp && 1057 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1058 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1059 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1060 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1061 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1062 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1063 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1064 return ParsedType::make(T); 1065 } 1066 1067 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1068 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1069 nullptr, S); 1070 1071 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1072 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1073 } 1074 1075 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1076 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1077 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1078 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1079 1080 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1081 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1082 // the context we'll need to return to. 1083 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1084 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1085 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1086 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1087 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1088 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1089 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1090 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1091 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1092 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1093 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1094 1095 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1096 // lexical context. 1097 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1098 return DC; 1099 1100 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1101 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1102 // class is the context we need to return to. 1103 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1104 DC = RD; 1105 1106 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1107 // declared in. 1108 return DC; 1109 } 1110 1111 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1112 } 1113 1114 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1115 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1116 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1117 CurContext = DC; 1118 S->setEntity(DC); 1119 } 1120 1121 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1122 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1123 1124 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1125 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1126 } 1127 1128 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1129 Decl *D) { 1130 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1131 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1132 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1133 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1134 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1135 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1136 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1137 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1138 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1139 return Result; 1140 } 1141 1142 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1143 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1144 } 1145 1146 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1147 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1148 /// 1149 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1150 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1151 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1152 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1153 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1154 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1155 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1156 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1157 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1158 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1159 // namespace. 1160 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1161 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1162 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1163 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1164 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1165 1166 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1167 1168 #ifndef NDEBUG 1169 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1170 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1171 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1172 #endif 1173 1174 CurContext = DC; 1175 S->setEntity(DC); 1176 } 1177 1178 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1179 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1180 1181 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1182 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1183 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1184 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1185 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1186 1187 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1188 // disappear. 1189 } 1190 1191 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1192 // We assume that the caller has already called 1193 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1194 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1195 if (!FD) 1196 return; 1197 1198 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1199 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1200 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1201 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1202 CurContext = FD; 1203 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1204 1205 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1206 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1207 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1208 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1209 S->AddDecl(Param); 1210 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1211 } 1212 } 1213 } 1214 1215 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1216 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1217 // rather than the top-level class. 1218 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1219 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1220 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1221 } 1222 1223 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1224 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1225 /// 1226 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1227 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1228 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1229 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1230 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1231 /// attribute. 1232 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1233 ASTContext &Context) { 1234 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1235 return true; 1236 1237 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1238 return true; 1239 1240 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1241 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1242 } 1243 1244 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1245 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1246 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1247 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1248 // scope. 1249 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1250 S = S->getParent(); 1251 1252 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1253 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1254 // into any context. 1255 if (AddToContext) 1256 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1257 1258 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1259 // are function-local declarations. 1260 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1261 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1262 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1263 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1264 return; 1265 1266 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1267 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1268 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1269 return; 1270 1271 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1272 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1273 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1274 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1275 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1276 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1277 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1278 1279 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1280 break; 1281 } 1282 } 1283 1284 S->AddDecl(D); 1285 1286 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1287 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1288 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1289 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1290 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1291 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1292 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1293 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1294 continue; 1295 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1296 break; 1297 } 1298 1299 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1300 } else { 1301 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1302 } 1303 } 1304 1305 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1306 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1307 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1308 } 1309 1310 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1311 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1312 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1313 } 1314 1315 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1316 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1317 do { 1318 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1319 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1320 return S; 1321 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1322 1323 return nullptr; 1324 } 1325 1326 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1327 DeclContext*, 1328 ASTContext&); 1329 1330 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1331 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1332 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1333 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1334 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1335 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1336 while (F.hasNext()) { 1337 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1338 1339 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1340 continue; 1341 1342 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1343 continue; 1344 1345 F.erase(); 1346 } 1347 1348 F.done(); 1349 } 1350 1351 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1352 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1353 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1354 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1355 } 1356 1357 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1358 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1359 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1360 while (F.hasNext()) 1361 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1362 F.erase(); 1363 1364 F.done(); 1365 } 1366 1367 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1368 /// @code 1369 /// class S { 1370 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1371 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1372 /// }; 1373 /// @endcode 1374 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1375 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1376 // the decl here. 1377 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1378 return false; 1379 1380 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1381 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1382 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1383 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1384 return false; 1385 } 1386 1387 // We need this to handle 1388 // 1389 // typedef struct { 1390 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1391 // } A; 1392 // 1393 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1394 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1395 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1396 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1397 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1398 // not. 1399 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1400 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1401 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1402 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1403 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1404 return true; 1405 } 1406 DC = DC->getParent(); 1407 } 1408 1409 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1410 } 1411 1412 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1413 // these semantics. 1414 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1415 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1416 return false; 1417 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1418 } 1419 1420 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1421 assert(D); 1422 1423 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1424 return false; 1425 1426 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1427 // of members of class templates. 1428 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1429 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1430 return false; 1431 1432 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1433 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1434 return false; 1435 1436 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1437 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1438 return false; 1439 } else { 1440 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1441 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1442 return false; 1443 } 1444 1445 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1446 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1447 return false; 1448 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1449 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1450 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1451 // like "inline".) 1452 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1453 return false; 1454 1455 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1456 return false; 1457 1458 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1459 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1460 return false; 1461 1462 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1463 return false; 1464 } else { 1465 return false; 1466 } 1467 1468 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1469 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1470 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1471 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1472 } 1473 1474 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1475 if (!D) 1476 return; 1477 1478 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1479 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1480 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1481 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1482 } 1483 1484 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1485 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1486 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1487 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1488 } 1489 1490 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1491 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1492 } 1493 1494 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1495 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1496 return false; 1497 1498 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1499 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1500 return false; 1501 1502 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1503 return true; 1504 1505 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1506 // functions. 1507 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1508 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1509 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1510 WithinFunction = 1511 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1512 if (!WithinFunction) 1513 return false; 1514 1515 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1516 return true; 1517 1518 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1519 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1520 return false; 1521 1522 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1523 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1524 1525 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1526 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); 1527 1528 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1529 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1530 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1531 return false; 1532 } 1533 1534 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1535 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1536 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1537 return false; 1538 1539 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is 1540 // consistent for both scalars and arrays. 1541 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1542 1543 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1544 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1545 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1546 return false; 1547 1548 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1549 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1550 return false; 1551 1552 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1553 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1554 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1555 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1556 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1557 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1558 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1559 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1560 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1561 return false; 1562 } 1563 } 1564 } 1565 } 1566 1567 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1568 } 1569 1570 return true; 1571 } 1572 1573 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1574 FixItHint &Hint) { 1575 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1576 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1577 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1578 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1579 return; 1580 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1581 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1582 } 1583 } 1584 1585 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1586 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1587 return; 1588 1589 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1590 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1591 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1592 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1593 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1594 } 1595 } 1596 1597 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1598 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1599 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1600 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1601 return; 1602 1603 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1604 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1605 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1606 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1607 return; 1608 } 1609 1610 FixItHint Hint; 1611 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1612 1613 unsigned DiagID; 1614 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1615 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1616 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1617 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1618 else 1619 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1620 1621 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1622 } 1623 1624 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1625 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1626 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1627 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1628 // MS inline assembly label name. 1629 bool Diagnose = false; 1630 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1631 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1632 else 1633 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1634 if (Diagnose) 1635 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1636 } 1637 1638 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1639 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1640 1641 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1642 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1643 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1644 1645 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1646 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1647 1648 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1649 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1650 1651 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1652 1653 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1654 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1655 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1656 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1657 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1658 } 1659 1660 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1661 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1662 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1663 1664 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1665 // already. 1666 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1667 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1668 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1669 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1670 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1671 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1672 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1673 } 1674 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1675 } 1676 } 1677 } 1678 1679 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1680 /// 1681 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1682 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1683 /// to the fixed name. 1684 /// 1685 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1686 /// 1687 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1688 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1689 /// 1690 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1691 /// class could not be found. 1692 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1693 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1694 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1695 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1696 // creation from this context. 1697 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1698 1699 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1700 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1701 // find an Objective-C class name. 1702 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1703 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1704 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1705 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1706 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1707 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1708 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1709 } 1710 } 1711 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1712 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1713 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1714 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1715 return Def; 1716 } 1717 1718 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1719 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1720 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1721 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1722 /// ill-formed in C++: 1723 /// @code 1724 /// struct S6 { 1725 /// enum { BAR } e; 1726 /// }; 1727 /// 1728 /// void test_S6() { 1729 /// struct S6 a; 1730 /// a.e = BAR; 1731 /// } 1732 /// @endcode 1733 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1734 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1735 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1736 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1737 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1738 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1739 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1740 /// contain non-field names. 1741 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1742 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1743 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1744 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1745 S = S->getParent(); 1746 return S; 1747 } 1748 1749 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1750 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1751 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1752 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1753 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1754 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1755 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1756 return; 1757 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1758 1759 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1760 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1761 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1762 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1763 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1764 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1765 } 1766 1767 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1768 switch (Error) { 1769 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1770 return ""; 1771 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1772 return "stdio.h"; 1773 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1774 return "setjmp.h"; 1775 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1776 return "ucontext.h"; 1777 } 1778 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1779 } 1780 1781 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1782 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1783 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1784 /// built-in. 1785 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1786 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1787 SourceLocation Loc) { 1788 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1789 1790 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1791 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1792 if (Error) { 1793 if (ForRedeclaration) 1794 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1795 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1796 return nullptr; 1797 } 1798 1799 if (!ForRedeclaration && 1800 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 1801 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 1802 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1803 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1804 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1805 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1806 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1807 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1808 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1809 } 1810 1811 if (R.isNull()) 1812 return nullptr; 1813 1814 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1815 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1816 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1817 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1818 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1819 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1820 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1821 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1822 } 1823 1824 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1825 Parent, 1826 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1827 SC_Extern, 1828 false, 1829 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1830 New->setImplicit(); 1831 1832 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1833 // FunctionDecl. 1834 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1835 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1836 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1837 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1838 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1839 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1840 SC_None, nullptr); 1841 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1842 Params.push_back(parm); 1843 } 1844 New->setParams(Params); 1845 } 1846 1847 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1848 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1849 1850 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1851 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1852 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1853 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1854 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1855 CurContext = Parent; 1856 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1857 CurContext = SavedContext; 1858 return New; 1859 } 1860 1861 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1862 /// entity if their types are the same. 1863 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1864 /// isSameEntity. 1865 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1866 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1867 LookupResult &Previous) { 1868 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1869 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1870 return; 1871 1872 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1873 if (Previous.empty()) 1874 return; 1875 1876 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1877 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1878 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1879 1880 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1881 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1882 continue; 1883 1884 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1885 // different linkages. 1886 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1887 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1888 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1889 continue; 1890 1891 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1892 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1893 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1894 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1895 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1896 continue; 1897 } 1898 1899 Filter.erase(); 1900 } 1901 1902 Filter.done(); 1903 } 1904 1905 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1906 QualType OldType; 1907 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1908 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1909 else 1910 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1911 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1912 1913 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1914 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1915 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1916 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1917 << Kind << NewType; 1918 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1919 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1920 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1921 return true; 1922 } 1923 1924 if (OldType != NewType && 1925 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1926 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1927 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1928 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1929 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1930 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1931 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1932 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1933 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1934 return true; 1935 } 1936 return false; 1937 } 1938 1939 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1940 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1941 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1942 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1943 /// 1944 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1945 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1946 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1947 // merging checks. 1948 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1949 1950 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1951 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1952 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1953 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1954 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1955 default: break; 1956 case 2: 1957 { 1958 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1959 break; 1960 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1961 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1962 break; 1963 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1964 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1965 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1966 break; 1967 } 1968 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1969 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1970 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1971 return; 1972 } 1973 case 5: 1974 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1975 break; 1976 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1977 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1978 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1979 return; 1980 case 3: 1981 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1982 break; 1983 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1984 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1985 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1986 return; 1987 } 1988 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1989 } 1990 1991 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1992 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1993 if (!Old) { 1994 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1995 << New->getDeclName(); 1996 1997 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1998 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1999 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2000 2001 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2002 } 2003 2004 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2005 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2006 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2007 2008 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2009 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2010 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2011 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2012 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 2013 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2014 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2015 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2016 // instead of our tag. 2017 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2018 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2019 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2020 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2021 else 2022 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2023 2024 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2025 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 2026 2027 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2028 // out of the scope. 2029 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2030 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2031 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2032 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2033 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2034 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2035 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2036 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2037 } 2038 } 2039 } 2040 } 2041 2042 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2043 // with any extensions enabled. 2044 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2045 return; 2046 2047 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2048 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2049 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2050 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2051 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2052 } 2053 2054 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2055 return; 2056 2057 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2058 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2059 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2060 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2061 // to the type to which it already refers. 2062 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2063 return; 2064 2065 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2066 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2067 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2068 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2069 // 2070 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2071 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2072 // 2073 // struct S { 2074 // typedef struct A { } A; 2075 // }; 2076 // 2077 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2078 // allow the above but disallow 2079 // 2080 // struct S { 2081 // typedef int I; 2082 // typedef int I; 2083 // }; 2084 // 2085 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2086 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2087 return; 2088 2089 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2090 << New->getDeclName(); 2091 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2092 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2093 } 2094 2095 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2096 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2097 return; 2098 2099 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2100 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2101 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2102 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2103 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2104 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2105 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2106 return; 2107 2108 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2109 << New->getDeclName(); 2110 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2111 } 2112 2113 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2114 /// attribute. 2115 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2116 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2117 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2118 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2119 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2120 if (Ann) { 2121 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2122 return true; 2123 continue; 2124 } 2125 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2126 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2127 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2128 return true; 2129 } 2130 2131 return false; 2132 } 2133 2134 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2135 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2136 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2137 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2138 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2139 return true; 2140 } 2141 2142 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2143 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2144 /// 2145 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2146 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2147 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2148 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2149 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2150 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2151 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2152 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2153 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2154 // in a case like: 2155 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2156 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2157 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2158 // definition in such a case. 2159 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2160 return false; 2161 2162 if (I->isAlignas()) 2163 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2164 2165 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2166 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2167 OldAlign = Align; 2168 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2169 } 2170 } 2171 2172 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2173 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2174 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2175 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2176 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2177 return false; 2178 2179 if (I->isAlignas()) 2180 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2181 2182 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2183 if (Align > NewAlign) 2184 NewAlign = Align; 2185 } 2186 2187 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2188 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2189 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2190 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2191 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2192 2193 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2194 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2195 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2196 QualType Ty; 2197 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2198 Ty = VD->getType(); 2199 else 2200 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2201 2202 if (OldAlign == 0) 2203 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2204 if (NewAlign == 0) 2205 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2206 } 2207 2208 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2209 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2210 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2211 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2212 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2213 } 2214 } 2215 2216 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2217 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2218 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2219 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2220 // equivalent alignment. 2221 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2222 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2223 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2224 // have no alignment specifier. 2225 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2226 << OldAlignasAttr; 2227 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2228 << OldAlignasAttr; 2229 } 2230 2231 bool AnyAdded = false; 2232 2233 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2234 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2235 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2236 Clone->setInherited(true); 2237 New->addAttr(Clone); 2238 AnyAdded = true; 2239 } 2240 2241 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2242 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2243 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2244 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2245 Clone->setInherited(true); 2246 New->addAttr(Clone); 2247 AnyAdded = true; 2248 } 2249 2250 return AnyAdded; 2251 } 2252 2253 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2254 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2255 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2256 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2257 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2258 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2259 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2260 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2261 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2262 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2263 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2264 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2265 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2266 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2267 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2268 AA->getDeprecated(), 2269 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2270 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2271 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2272 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2273 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2274 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2275 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2276 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2277 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2278 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2279 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2280 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2281 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2282 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2283 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2284 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2285 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2286 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2287 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2288 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2289 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2290 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2291 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2292 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2293 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2294 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2295 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2296 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2297 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2298 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2299 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2300 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2301 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2302 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2303 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2304 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2305 return false; 2306 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2307 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2308 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2309 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2310 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2311 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2312 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2313 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2314 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2315 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2316 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2317 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2318 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2319 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2320 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2321 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2322 NewAttr = nullptr; 2323 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2324 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2325 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2326 NewAttr = nullptr; 2327 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2328 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex, 2329 UA->getGuid()); 2330 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2331 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2332 2333 if (NewAttr) { 2334 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2335 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2336 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2337 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2338 return true; 2339 } 2340 2341 return false; 2342 } 2343 2344 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2345 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2346 return TD->getDefinition(); 2347 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2348 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2349 if (Def) 2350 return Def; 2351 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2352 } 2353 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2354 return FD->getDefinition(); 2355 return nullptr; 2356 } 2357 2358 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2359 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2360 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2361 return true; 2362 return false; 2363 } 2364 2365 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2366 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2367 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2368 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2369 return; 2370 2371 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2372 if (!Def || Def == New) 2373 return; 2374 2375 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2376 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2377 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2378 2379 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2380 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2381 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2382 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2383 2384 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2385 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2386 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2387 --E; 2388 continue; 2389 } 2390 } else { 2391 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2392 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2393 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2394 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2395 : diag::err_redefinition; 2396 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2397 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2398 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2399 } 2400 ++I; 2401 continue; 2402 } 2403 2404 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2405 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2406 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2407 ++I; 2408 continue; 2409 } 2410 } 2411 2412 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2413 ++I; 2414 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2415 } 2416 2417 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2418 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2419 ++I; 2420 continue; 2421 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2422 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2423 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2424 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2425 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2426 // equivalent alignment. 2427 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2428 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2429 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2430 // have no alignment specifier. 2431 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2432 << AA; 2433 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2434 << AA; 2435 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2436 --E; 2437 continue; 2438 } 2439 } 2440 2441 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2442 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2443 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2444 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2445 --E; 2446 } 2447 } 2448 2449 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2450 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2451 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2452 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2453 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2454 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2455 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2456 } 2457 2458 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2459 return; 2460 2461 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2462 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2463 2464 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2465 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2466 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2467 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2468 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2469 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2470 } 2471 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2472 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2473 // already been ODR-used. 2474 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2475 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2476 } 2477 } 2478 2479 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2480 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2481 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2482 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2483 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2484 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2485 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2486 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2487 << NewTag; 2488 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2489 } 2490 } 2491 } else { 2492 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2493 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2494 } 2495 } 2496 2497 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2498 return; 2499 2500 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2501 2502 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2503 // we process them. 2504 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2505 2506 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2507 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2508 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2509 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2510 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2511 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2512 switch (AMK) { 2513 case AMK_None: 2514 continue; 2515 2516 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2517 case AMK_Override: 2518 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2519 LocalAMK = AMK; 2520 break; 2521 } 2522 } 2523 2524 // Already handled. 2525 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2526 continue; 2527 2528 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2529 foundAny = true; 2530 } 2531 2532 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2533 foundAny = true; 2534 2535 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2536 } 2537 2538 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2539 /// to the new one. 2540 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2541 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2542 Sema &S) { 2543 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2544 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2545 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2546 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2547 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2548 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2549 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2550 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2551 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2552 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2553 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2554 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2555 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2556 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2557 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2558 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2559 } 2560 2561 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2562 return; 2563 2564 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2565 2566 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2567 // done before we process them. 2568 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2569 2570 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2571 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2572 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2573 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2574 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2575 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2576 foundAny = true; 2577 } 2578 } 2579 2580 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2581 } 2582 2583 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2584 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2585 Sema &S) { 2586 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2587 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2588 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2589 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2590 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2591 *Newnullability, 2592 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2593 != 0)) 2594 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2595 *Oldnullability, 2596 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2597 != 0)); 2598 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2599 } 2600 } else { 2601 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2602 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2603 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2604 NewT, NewT); 2605 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2606 } 2607 } 2608 } 2609 2610 namespace { 2611 2612 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2613 /// C. 2614 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2615 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2616 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2617 QualType PromotedType; 2618 }; 2619 2620 } // end anonymous namespace 2621 2622 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2623 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2624 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2625 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2626 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2627 2628 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2629 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2630 2631 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2632 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2633 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2634 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2635 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2636 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2637 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2638 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2639 } 2640 2641 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2642 } 2643 2644 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2645 // declaration, or a declaration. 2646 template <typename T> 2647 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2648 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2649 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2650 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2651 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2652 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2653 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2654 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2655 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2656 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2657 } else 2658 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2659 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2660 } 2661 2662 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2663 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2664 /// GNU89 mode. 2665 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2666 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2667 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2668 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2669 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2670 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2671 } 2672 2673 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2674 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2675 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2676 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2677 return AT; 2678 } 2679 2680 template <typename T> 2681 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2682 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2683 if (DC->isRecord()) 2684 return false; 2685 2686 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2687 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2688 return true; 2689 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2690 return true; 2691 return false; 2692 } 2693 2694 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2695 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2696 2697 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2698 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2699 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2700 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2701 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2702 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2703 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2704 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2705 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2706 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2707 // and function templates; or 2708 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2709 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2710 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2711 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2712 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2713 2714 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2715 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2716 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2717 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2718 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2719 2720 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2721 if (Old && 2722 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2723 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2724 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2725 Old = nullptr; 2726 2727 if (!Old) { 2728 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2729 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2730 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2731 return true; 2732 } 2733 return false; 2734 } 2735 2736 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2737 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2738 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2739 2740 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2741 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2742 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2743 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2744 return true; 2745 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2746 }; 2747 2748 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2749 } 2750 2751 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2752 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2753 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2754 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2755 /// 2756 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2757 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2758 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2759 /// merged with. 2760 /// 2761 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2762 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2763 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2764 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2765 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2766 if (!Old) { 2767 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2768 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2769 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2770 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2771 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2772 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2773 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2774 return true; 2775 } 2776 2777 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2778 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2779 return true; 2780 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2781 } else { 2782 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2783 << New->getDeclName(); 2784 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2785 return true; 2786 } 2787 } 2788 2789 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2790 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2791 return true; 2792 2793 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2794 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2795 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2796 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2797 2798 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2799 // is an extern inline function. 2800 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2801 // storage classes. 2802 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2803 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2804 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2805 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2806 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2807 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2808 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2809 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2810 } else { 2811 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2812 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2813 return true; 2814 } 2815 } 2816 2817 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2818 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2819 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2820 << New->getDeclName(); 2821 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2822 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2823 } 2824 2825 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2826 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2827 // convention of the first. 2828 // 2829 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2830 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2831 // 2832 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2833 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2834 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2835 // 2836 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2837 // other tests to run. 2838 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2839 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2840 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2841 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2842 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2843 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2844 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2845 2846 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2847 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2848 const FunctionType *FT = 2849 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2850 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2851 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2852 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2853 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2854 // there but not here. 2855 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2856 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2857 } else { 2858 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2859 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2860 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2861 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2862 << !FirstCCExplicit 2863 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2864 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2865 2866 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2867 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2868 return true; 2869 } 2870 } 2871 2872 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2873 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2874 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2875 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2876 } 2877 2878 // Merge regparm attribute. 2879 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2880 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2881 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2882 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2883 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2884 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2885 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2886 return true; 2887 } 2888 2889 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2890 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2891 } 2892 2893 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2894 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2895 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2896 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2897 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2898 return true; 2899 } 2900 2901 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2902 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2903 } 2904 2905 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2906 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2907 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2908 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2909 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2910 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2911 } 2912 2913 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2914 // UndefinedButUsed. 2915 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2916 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2917 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2918 Old->isUsed(false) && 2919 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2920 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2921 SourceLocation())); 2922 2923 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2924 // about it. 2925 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2926 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2927 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2928 } 2929 2930 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 2931 // redeclaration. 2932 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 2933 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 2934 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 2935 << New->getDeclName(); 2936 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2937 return true; 2938 } 2939 2940 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2941 // C++1z [over.load]p2 2942 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2943 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 2944 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 2945 2946 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 2947 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 2948 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 2949 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 2950 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 2951 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 2952 return true; 2953 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2954 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2955 2956 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2957 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2958 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2959 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2960 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2961 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2962 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2963 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2964 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2965 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2966 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2967 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2968 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2969 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2970 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2971 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2972 QualType ResQT; 2973 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2974 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2975 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2976 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2977 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2978 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2979 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2980 else 2981 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2982 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2983 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2984 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2985 return true; 2986 } 2987 else 2988 NewQType = ResQT; 2989 } 2990 2991 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2992 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2993 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2994 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2995 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2996 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2997 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2998 New->setType( 2999 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 3000 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3001 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3002 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 3003 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 3004 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3005 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3006 } 3007 } 3008 3009 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3010 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3011 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3012 // Preserve triviality. 3013 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3014 3015 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3016 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3017 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3018 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3019 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3020 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3021 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3022 3023 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3024 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3025 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3026 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3027 // is a static member function declaration. 3028 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3029 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3030 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3031 return true; 3032 } 3033 3034 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3035 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3036 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3037 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3038 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 3039 unsigned NewDiag; 3040 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3041 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3042 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3043 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3044 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3045 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3046 else 3047 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3048 3049 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3050 } else { 3051 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3052 << New << New->getType(); 3053 } 3054 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3055 return true; 3056 3057 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3058 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3059 // 3060 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3061 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3062 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3063 if (isFriend) { 3064 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3065 } else { 3066 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3067 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3068 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3069 return true; 3070 } 3071 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3072 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3073 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3074 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3075 return true; 3076 } 3077 } 3078 3079 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3080 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3081 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3082 // attribute. 3083 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3084 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3085 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3086 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3087 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3088 } 3089 3090 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3091 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3092 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3093 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3094 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3095 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3096 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3097 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3098 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3099 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3100 } 3101 3102 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3103 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3104 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3105 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3106 3107 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3108 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3109 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3110 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3111 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3112 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3113 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3114 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3115 } 3116 3117 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3118 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3119 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3120 // 3121 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3122 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3123 // linkage within class scope. 3124 // 3125 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3126 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3127 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3128 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3129 } else { 3130 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3131 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3132 return true; 3133 } 3134 } 3135 3136 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3137 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3138 3139 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3140 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3141 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3142 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3143 // when we instantiate the function. 3144 return false; 3145 } 3146 3147 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3148 } 3149 3150 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3151 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3152 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3153 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3154 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3155 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3156 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3157 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3158 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3159 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3160 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3161 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3162 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3163 NewQType = 3164 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3165 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3166 New->setType(NewQType); 3167 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3168 3169 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3170 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3171 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3172 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3173 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3174 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3175 SC_None, nullptr); 3176 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3177 Param->setImplicit(); 3178 Params.push_back(Param); 3179 } 3180 3181 New->setParams(Params); 3182 } 3183 3184 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3185 } 3186 3187 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3188 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3189 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3190 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3191 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3192 // the prototype. 3193 // 3194 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3195 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3196 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3197 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3198 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3199 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3200 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3201 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3202 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3203 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3204 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3205 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3206 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3207 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3208 3209 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3210 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3211 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3212 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3213 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3214 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3215 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3216 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3217 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3218 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3219 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3220 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3221 NewParm->getType(), 3222 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3223 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3224 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3225 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3226 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3227 } else 3228 LooseCompatible = false; 3229 } 3230 3231 if (LooseCompatible) { 3232 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3233 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3234 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3235 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3236 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3237 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3238 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3239 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3240 } 3241 3242 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3243 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3244 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3245 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3246 } 3247 3248 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3249 } 3250 3251 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3252 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3253 3254 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3255 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3256 unsigned BuiltinID; 3257 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3258 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3259 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3260 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3261 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3262 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3263 << Old << Old->getType(); 3264 3265 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3266 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3267 // 3268 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3269 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3270 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3271 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3272 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3273 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3274 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3275 3276 return false; 3277 } 3278 3279 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3280 } 3281 3282 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3283 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3284 return true; 3285 } 3286 3287 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3288 /// known to be compatible. 3289 /// 3290 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3291 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3292 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3293 /// redeclaration of Old. 3294 /// 3295 /// \returns false 3296 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3297 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3298 // Merge the attributes 3299 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3300 3301 // Merge "pure" flag. 3302 if (Old->isPure()) 3303 New->setPure(); 3304 3305 // Merge "used" flag. 3306 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3307 New->setIsUsed(); 3308 3309 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3310 // declarations. 3311 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3312 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3313 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3314 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3315 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3316 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3317 } 3318 3319 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3320 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3321 3322 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3323 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3324 // was visible. 3325 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3326 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3327 New->setType(Merged); 3328 3329 return false; 3330 } 3331 3332 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3333 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3334 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3335 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3336 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3337 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3338 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3339 : AMK_Override; 3340 3341 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3342 3343 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3344 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3345 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3346 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3347 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3348 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3349 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3350 3351 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3352 } 3353 3354 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3355 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3356 3357 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3358 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3359 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3360 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3361 3362 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3363 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3364 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3365 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3366 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3367 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3368 } 3369 3370 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3371 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3372 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3373 /// 3374 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3375 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3376 /// is attached. 3377 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3378 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3379 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3380 return; 3381 3382 QualType MergedT; 3383 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3384 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3385 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3386 return; 3387 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3388 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3389 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3390 } 3391 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3392 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3393 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3394 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3395 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3396 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3397 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3398 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3399 3400 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3401 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3402 // mismatch. 3403 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 3404 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3405 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3406 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3407 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 3408 continue; 3409 3410 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3411 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3412 } 3413 } 3414 3415 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3416 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3417 NewArray->getElementType())) 3418 MergedT = New->getType(); 3419 } 3420 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3421 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3422 // visible. 3423 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3424 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3425 NewArray->getElementType())) 3426 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3427 } 3428 } 3429 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3430 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3431 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3432 Old->getType()); 3433 } 3434 } else { 3435 // C 6.2.7p2: 3436 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3437 // compatible type. 3438 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3439 } 3440 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3441 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3442 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3443 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3444 // equivalent. 3445 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3446 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3447 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3448 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3449 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3450 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3451 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3452 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3453 return; 3454 } 3455 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3456 } 3457 3458 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3459 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3460 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3461 New->setType(MergedT); 3462 } 3463 3464 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3465 LookupResult &Previous) { 3466 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3467 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3468 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3469 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3470 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3471 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3472 // 3473 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3474 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3475 return false; 3476 3477 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3478 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3479 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3480 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3481 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3482 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3483 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3484 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3485 } else { 3486 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3487 // type unless we're in the same function. 3488 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3489 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3490 } 3491 } 3492 3493 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3494 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3495 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3496 /// 3497 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3498 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3499 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3500 /// 3501 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3502 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3503 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3504 return; 3505 3506 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3507 return; 3508 3509 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3510 3511 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3512 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3513 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3514 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3515 if (NewTemplate) { 3516 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3517 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3518 3519 if (auto *Shadow = 3520 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3521 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3522 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3523 } else { 3524 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3525 3526 if (auto *Shadow = 3527 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3528 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3529 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3530 } 3531 } 3532 if (!Old) { 3533 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3534 << New->getDeclName(); 3535 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3536 diag::note_previous_definition); 3537 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3538 } 3539 3540 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3541 if (NewTemplate && 3542 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3543 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3544 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3545 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3546 3547 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3548 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3549 // 3550 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3551 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3552 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3553 << New->getIdentifier(); 3554 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3555 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3556 } 3557 3558 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3559 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3560 // declaration 3561 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3562 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3563 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3564 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3565 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3566 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3567 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3568 } 3569 3570 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3571 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3572 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3573 << New->getDeclName(); 3574 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3575 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3576 } 3577 3578 // Merge the types. 3579 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3580 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3581 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3582 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3583 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3584 return; 3585 } 3586 3587 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3588 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3589 return; 3590 3591 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3592 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3593 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3594 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3595 3596 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3597 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3598 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3599 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3600 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3601 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3602 << New->getDeclName(); 3603 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3604 } else { 3605 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3606 << New->getDeclName(); 3607 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3608 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3609 } 3610 } 3611 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3612 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3613 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3614 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3615 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3616 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3617 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3618 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3619 // identifier has external linkage. 3620 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3621 /* Okay */; 3622 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3623 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3624 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3625 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3626 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3627 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3628 } 3629 3630 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3631 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3632 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3633 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3634 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3635 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3636 } 3637 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3638 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3639 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3640 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3641 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3642 } 3643 3644 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3645 3646 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3647 // need to check for mismatches. 3648 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3649 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3650 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3651 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3652 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3653 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3654 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3655 } 3656 3657 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3658 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3659 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3660 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3661 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3662 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3663 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3664 } 3665 } 3666 3667 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3668 // UndefinedButUsed. 3669 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3670 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3671 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3672 SourceLocation())); 3673 3674 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3675 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3676 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3677 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3678 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3679 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3680 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3681 } else { 3682 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3683 // static and dynamic initialization. 3684 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3685 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3686 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3687 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3688 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3689 } 3690 } 3691 3692 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3693 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3694 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 3695 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 3696 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 3697 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 3698 Diag(New->getLocation(), 3699 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 3700 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3701 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 3702 return; 3703 } 3704 } 3705 3706 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3707 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3708 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3709 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3710 return; 3711 } 3712 3713 // Merge "used" flag. 3714 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3715 New->setIsUsed(); 3716 3717 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3718 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3719 if (NewTemplate) 3720 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3721 3722 // Inherit access appropriately. 3723 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3724 if (NewTemplate) 3725 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3726 3727 if (Old->isInline()) 3728 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 3729 } 3730 3731 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 3732 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 3733 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 3734 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 3735 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3736 New->isInline() || 3737 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3738 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3739 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3740 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3741 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 3742 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 3743 3744 // Make the canonical definition visible. 3745 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 3746 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD, New->getLocation()); 3747 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old, New->getLocation()); 3748 return false; 3749 } else { 3750 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3751 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3752 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3753 return true; 3754 } 3755 } 3756 3757 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3758 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3759 Decl * 3760 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3761 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3762 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3763 AnonRecord); 3764 } 3765 3766 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3767 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3768 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3769 // compatibility. 3770 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3771 // targeted. 3772 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3773 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3774 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3775 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3776 } 3777 3778 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3779 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3780 return; 3781 3782 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3783 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3784 // it is anonymous. 3785 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3786 return; 3787 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3788 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3789 Context.setManglingNumber( 3790 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3791 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3792 return; 3793 } 3794 3795 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3796 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3797 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3798 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3799 Context.setManglingNumber( 3800 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3801 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3802 } 3803 } 3804 3805 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3806 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3807 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3808 return; 3809 3810 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3811 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3812 return; 3813 3814 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3815 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3816 3817 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3818 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3819 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3820 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3821 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3822 return; 3823 } 3824 3825 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3826 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3827 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3828 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3829 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3830 // for how to handle it. 3831 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3832 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3833 3834 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3835 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3836 3837 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3838 textToInsert += ' '; 3839 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3840 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3841 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3842 return; 3843 } 3844 3845 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3846 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3847 } 3848 3849 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3850 switch (T) { 3851 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3852 return 0; 3853 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3854 return 1; 3855 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3856 return 2; 3857 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3858 return 3; 3859 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3860 return 4; 3861 default: 3862 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3863 } 3864 } 3865 3866 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3867 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3868 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3869 Decl * 3870 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3871 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3872 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 3873 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3874 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3875 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3876 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3877 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3878 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3879 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3880 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3881 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3882 3883 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3884 return nullptr; 3885 3886 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3887 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3888 // it's a Type. 3889 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3890 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3891 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3892 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3893 } 3894 3895 if (Tag) { 3896 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3897 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3898 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3899 return Tag; 3900 } 3901 3902 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3903 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3904 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3905 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3906 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3907 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3908 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3909 } 3910 3911 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 3912 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 3913 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 3914 3915 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3916 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3917 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3918 if (Tag) 3919 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3920 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3921 else 3922 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3923 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3924 return TagD; 3925 } 3926 3927 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3928 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3929 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3930 // its initializer. 3931 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3932 return TagD; 3933 } 3934 3935 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3936 3937 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3938 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3939 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3940 if (TagD && !Tag) 3941 return nullptr; 3942 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3943 } 3944 3945 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3946 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3947 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3948 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3949 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 3950 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 3951 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3952 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3953 // or an explicit specialization. 3954 // 3955 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 3956 // obvious intent of DR1819. 3957 // 3958 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3959 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3960 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3961 return nullptr; 3962 } 3963 3964 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3965 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3966 3967 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3968 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3969 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3970 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3971 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3972 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 3973 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 3974 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 3975 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 3976 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 3977 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 3978 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 3979 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 3980 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3981 AnonRecord = Record; 3982 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3983 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3984 } 3985 3986 DeclaresAnything = false; 3987 } 3988 } 3989 3990 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3991 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3992 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3993 // 3994 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3995 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3996 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3997 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3998 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3999 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 4000 // struct STRUCT; 4001 // union UNION; 4002 // and 4003 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 4004 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4005 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4006 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4007 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4008 if (Tag) 4009 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4010 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4011 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4012 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4013 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4014 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4015 4016 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4017 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4018 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4019 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4020 } 4021 4022 DeclaresAnything = false; 4023 } 4024 } 4025 4026 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4027 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4028 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4029 return TagD; 4030 4031 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4032 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4033 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4034 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4035 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4036 DeclaresAnything = false; 4037 4038 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4039 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4040 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4041 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4042 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4043 else 4044 DeclaresAnything = false; 4045 } 4046 4047 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4048 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4049 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4050 << Tag->getTagKind() 4051 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4052 4053 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4054 4055 // C 6.7/2: 4056 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4057 // or the members of an enumeration. 4058 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4059 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4060 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4061 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4062 // previous declaration. 4063 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4064 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4065 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4066 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4067 return TagD; 4068 } 4069 4070 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4071 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4072 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4073 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4074 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4075 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4076 // 4077 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4078 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4079 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4080 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4081 4082 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4083 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4084 // useless. 4085 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4086 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4087 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4088 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4089 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4090 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4091 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4092 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4093 } 4094 4095 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4096 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4097 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4098 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4099 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4100 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4101 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4102 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4103 // Restrict is covered above. 4104 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4105 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4106 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4107 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4108 } 4109 4110 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4111 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4112 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4113 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4114 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4115 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4116 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4117 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4118 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4119 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4120 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 4121 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 4122 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4123 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4124 } 4125 } 4126 4127 return TagD; 4128 } 4129 4130 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4131 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4132 /// 4133 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4134 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4135 Scope *S, 4136 DeclContext *Owner, 4137 DeclarationName Name, 4138 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4139 bool IsUnion) { 4140 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4141 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4142 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4143 4144 // Pick a representative declaration. 4145 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4146 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4147 4148 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4149 return false; 4150 4151 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4152 << IsUnion << Name; 4153 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4154 4155 return true; 4156 } 4157 4158 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4159 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4160 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4161 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4162 /// struct, e.g., 4163 /// 4164 /// @code 4165 /// union { 4166 /// int i; 4167 /// float f; 4168 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4169 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4170 /// @endcode 4171 /// 4172 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4173 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4174 static bool 4175 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4176 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4177 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4178 bool Invalid = false; 4179 4180 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4181 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4182 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4183 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4184 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4185 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4186 VD->getLocation(), 4187 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4188 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4189 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4190 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4191 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4192 Invalid = true; 4193 } else { 4194 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4195 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4196 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4197 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4198 // anonymous union is declared. 4199 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4200 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4201 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4202 else 4203 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4204 4205 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4206 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4207 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4208 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4209 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4210 4211 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4212 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4213 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4214 4215 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4216 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4217 4218 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4219 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4220 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4221 4222 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4223 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4224 4225 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4226 } 4227 } 4228 } 4229 4230 return Invalid; 4231 } 4232 4233 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4234 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4235 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4236 static StorageClass 4237 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4238 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4239 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4240 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4241 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4242 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4243 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4244 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4245 return SC_None; 4246 return SC_Extern; 4247 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4248 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4249 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4250 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4251 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4252 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4253 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4254 } 4255 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4256 } 4257 4258 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4259 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4260 4261 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4262 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4263 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4264 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4265 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4266 return FD->getLocation(); 4267 } 4268 4269 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4270 } 4271 4272 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4273 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4274 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4275 return; 4276 4277 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4278 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4279 } 4280 4281 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4282 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4283 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4284 return; 4285 4286 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4287 } 4288 4289 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4290 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4291 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4292 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4293 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4294 AccessSpecifier AS, 4295 RecordDecl *Record, 4296 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4297 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4298 4299 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4300 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4301 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4302 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4303 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4304 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4305 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4306 4307 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4308 // structs/unions. 4309 bool Invalid = false; 4310 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4311 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4312 unsigned DiagID; 4313 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4314 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4315 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4316 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4317 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4318 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4319 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4320 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4321 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4322 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4323 4324 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4325 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4326 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4327 } 4328 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4329 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4330 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4331 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4332 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4333 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4334 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4335 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4336 4337 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4338 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4339 SourceLocation(), 4340 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4341 } 4342 } 4343 4344 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4345 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4346 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4347 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4348 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4349 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4350 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4351 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4352 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4353 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4354 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4355 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4356 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4357 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4358 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4359 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4360 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4361 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4362 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4363 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4364 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4365 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4366 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4367 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4368 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4369 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4370 4371 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4372 } 4373 4374 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4375 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4376 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4377 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4378 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4379 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4380 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4381 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4382 // members (clause 11). 4383 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4384 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4385 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4386 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4387 Invalid = true; 4388 } 4389 4390 // C++ [class.union]p1 4391 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4392 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4393 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4394 // array of such objects. 4395 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4396 Invalid = true; 4397 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4398 // Any implicit members are fine. 4399 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4400 // This is a type that showed up in an 4401 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4402 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4403 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4404 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4405 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4406 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4407 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4408 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4409 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4410 << Record->isUnion(); 4411 else { 4412 // This is a nested type declaration. 4413 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4414 << Record->isUnion(); 4415 Invalid = true; 4416 } 4417 } else { 4418 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4419 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4420 // not part of standard C++. 4421 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4422 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4423 << Record->isUnion(); 4424 } 4425 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4426 // Any access specifier is fine. 4427 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4428 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4429 } else { 4430 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4431 // member. Complain about it. 4432 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4433 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4434 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4435 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4436 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4437 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4438 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4439 4440 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4441 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4442 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4443 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4444 << Record->isUnion(); 4445 else { 4446 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4447 Invalid = true; 4448 } 4449 } 4450 } 4451 4452 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4453 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4454 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4455 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4456 Owner->isRecord()) 4457 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4458 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4459 } 4460 4461 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4462 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4463 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4464 Invalid = true; 4465 } 4466 4467 // Mock up a declarator. 4468 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4469 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4470 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4471 4472 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4473 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4474 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4475 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4476 DS.getLocStart(), 4477 Record->getLocation(), 4478 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4479 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4480 TInfo, 4481 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4482 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4483 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4484 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4485 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4486 } else { 4487 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4488 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4489 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4490 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4491 // an error here 4492 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4493 Invalid = true; 4494 SC = SC_None; 4495 } 4496 4497 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4498 DS.getLocStart(), 4499 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4500 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4501 TInfo, SC); 4502 4503 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4504 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4505 // initializer: 4506 // union { int n = 0; }; 4507 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon); 4508 } 4509 Anon->setImplicit(); 4510 4511 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4512 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4513 4514 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4515 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4516 // its members. 4517 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4518 4519 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4520 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4521 // purposes. 4522 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4523 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4524 4525 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4526 Invalid = true; 4527 4528 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4529 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4530 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4531 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4532 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4533 Context.setManglingNumber( 4534 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4535 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4536 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4537 } 4538 } 4539 } 4540 4541 if (Invalid) 4542 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4543 4544 return Anon; 4545 } 4546 4547 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4548 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4549 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4550 /// Example: 4551 /// 4552 /// struct A { int a; }; 4553 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4554 /// 4555 /// void foo() { 4556 /// B var; 4557 /// var.a = 3; 4558 /// } 4559 /// 4560 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4561 RecordDecl *Record) { 4562 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4563 4564 // Mock up a declarator. 4565 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4566 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4567 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4568 4569 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4570 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4571 4572 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4573 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4574 ParentDecl, 4575 DS.getLocStart(), 4576 DS.getLocStart(), 4577 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4578 RecTy, 4579 TInfo, 4580 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4581 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4582 Anon->setImplicit(); 4583 4584 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4585 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4586 4587 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4588 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4589 // purposes. 4590 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4591 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4592 4593 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4594 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4595 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4596 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4597 AS_none, Chain)) { 4598 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4599 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4600 } 4601 4602 return Anon; 4603 } 4604 4605 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4606 /// given Declarator. 4607 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4608 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4609 } 4610 4611 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4612 DeclarationNameInfo 4613 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4614 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4615 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4616 4617 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4618 4619 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4620 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4621 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4622 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4623 return NameInfo; 4624 4625 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4626 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4627 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4628 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4629 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4630 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4631 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4632 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4633 return NameInfo; 4634 4635 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4636 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4637 Name.Identifier)); 4638 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4639 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4640 return NameInfo; 4641 4642 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4643 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4644 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4645 if (Ty.isNull()) 4646 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4647 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4648 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4649 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4650 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4651 return NameInfo; 4652 } 4653 4654 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4655 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4656 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4657 if (Ty.isNull()) 4658 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4659 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4660 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4661 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4662 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4663 return NameInfo; 4664 } 4665 4666 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4667 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4668 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4669 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4670 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4671 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4672 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4673 4674 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4675 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4676 4677 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4678 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4679 // was qualified. 4680 4681 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4682 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4683 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4684 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4685 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4686 return NameInfo; 4687 } 4688 4689 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4690 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4691 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4692 if (Ty.isNull()) 4693 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4694 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4695 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4696 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4697 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4698 return NameInfo; 4699 } 4700 4701 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4702 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4703 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4704 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4705 } 4706 4707 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4708 4709 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4710 } 4711 4712 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4713 do { 4714 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4715 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4716 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4717 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4718 else 4719 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4720 } while (true); 4721 } 4722 4723 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4724 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4725 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4726 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4727 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4728 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4729 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4730 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4731 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4732 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4733 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4734 Params.clear(); 4735 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4736 return false; 4737 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4738 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4739 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4740 4741 // The parameter types are identical 4742 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4743 continue; 4744 4745 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4746 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4747 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4748 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4749 4750 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4751 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4752 Params.push_back(Idx); 4753 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4754 return false; 4755 } 4756 4757 return true; 4758 } 4759 4760 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4761 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4762 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4763 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4764 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4765 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4766 DeclarationName Name) { 4767 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4768 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4769 // - types which will become injected class names 4770 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4771 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4772 // few cases here. 4773 4774 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4775 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4776 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4777 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4778 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4779 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4780 // Grab the type from the parser. 4781 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4782 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4783 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4784 4785 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4786 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4787 // attached already. 4788 if (!TSI) 4789 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4790 4791 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4792 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4793 if (!TSI) return true; 4794 4795 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4796 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4797 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4798 break; 4799 } 4800 4801 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4802 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4803 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4804 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4805 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4806 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4807 break; 4808 } 4809 4810 default: 4811 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4812 break; 4813 } 4814 4815 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4816 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4817 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4818 4819 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4820 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4821 // pointer. 4822 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4823 continue; 4824 4825 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4826 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4827 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4828 return true; 4829 } 4830 4831 return false; 4832 } 4833 4834 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4835 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4836 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4837 4838 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4839 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4840 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4841 4842 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 4843 setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl); 4844 4845 return Dcl; 4846 } 4847 4848 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4849 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4850 /// name different from T: 4851 /// - every static data member of class T; 4852 /// - every member function of class T 4853 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4854 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4855 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4856 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4857 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4858 4859 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4860 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 4861 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 4862 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4863 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4864 return true; 4865 } 4866 4867 return false; 4868 } 4869 4870 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4871 /// nested-name-specifier. 4872 /// 4873 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4874 /// 4875 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4876 /// resolves. 4877 /// 4878 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4879 /// 4880 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4881 /// 4882 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4883 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4884 DeclarationName Name, 4885 SourceLocation Loc) { 4886 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4887 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4888 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4889 4890 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4891 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4892 // 4893 // class X { 4894 // void X::f(); 4895 // }; 4896 // 4897 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4898 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4899 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4900 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4901 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4902 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4903 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4904 SS.clear(); 4905 } else { 4906 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4907 } 4908 return false; 4909 } 4910 4911 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4912 // declaration. 4913 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4914 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4915 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4916 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4917 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4918 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4919 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4920 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4921 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4922 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4923 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4924 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4925 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4926 else 4927 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4928 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4929 4930 return true; 4931 } 4932 4933 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4934 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4935 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4936 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4937 SS.clear(); 4938 4939 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4940 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4941 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4942 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4943 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4944 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4945 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4946 return true; 4947 4948 return false; 4949 } 4950 4951 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4952 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4953 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4954 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4955 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4956 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4957 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4958 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4959 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4960 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4961 4962 return false; 4963 } 4964 4965 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4966 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4967 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4968 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4969 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4970 4971 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4972 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4973 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 4974 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 4975 } else if (!Name) { 4976 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4977 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4978 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4979 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4980 return nullptr; 4981 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4982 return nullptr; 4983 4984 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4985 // we find one that is. 4986 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4987 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4988 S = S->getParent(); 4989 4990 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4991 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4992 D.setInvalidType(); 4993 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4994 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4995 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4996 return nullptr; 4997 4998 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4999 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 5000 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 5001 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 5002 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 5003 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 5004 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 5005 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5006 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 5007 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5008 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5009 return nullptr; 5010 } 5011 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5012 5013 if (!IsDependentContext && 5014 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5015 return nullptr; 5016 5017 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5018 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5019 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5020 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5021 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5022 return nullptr; 5023 } 5024 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5025 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 5026 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 5027 if (DC->isRecord()) 5028 return nullptr; 5029 5030 D.setInvalidType(); 5031 } 5032 } 5033 5034 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5035 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5036 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5037 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5038 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5039 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5040 D.setInvalidType(); 5041 } 5042 } 5043 5044 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5045 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5046 5047 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5048 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 5049 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 5050 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 5051 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5052 return nullptr; 5053 5054 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5055 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5056 D.setInvalidType(); 5057 5058 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5059 ForRedeclaration); 5060 5061 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5062 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5063 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5064 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5065 5066 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5067 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5068 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5069 // 5070 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5071 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5072 // the same name. 5073 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5074 /* Do nothing*/; 5075 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5076 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5077 R->isFunctionType())) { 5078 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5079 CreateBuiltins = 5080 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5081 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5082 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5083 CreateBuiltins = true; 5084 5085 if (IsLinkageLookup) 5086 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5087 5088 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5089 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5090 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5091 5092 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5093 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5094 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5095 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5096 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5097 // thereof; [...] 5098 // 5099 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5100 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5101 // we want to match. For example, given: 5102 // 5103 // class X { 5104 // void f(); 5105 // void f(float); 5106 // }; 5107 // 5108 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5109 // 5110 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5111 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5112 // matches. 5113 5114 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5115 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5116 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5117 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5118 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5119 } 5120 5121 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5122 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5123 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5124 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5125 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5126 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5127 5128 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5129 Previous.clear(); 5130 } 5131 5132 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5133 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5134 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 5135 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 5136 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5137 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5138 Previous.clear(); 5139 5140 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5141 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5142 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5143 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5144 5145 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5146 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5147 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5148 // template, declared in namespace scope 5149 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5150 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5151 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5152 return nullptr; 5153 } 5154 5155 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5156 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5157 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5158 return nullptr; 5159 } 5160 } 5161 5162 NamedDecl *New; 5163 5164 bool AddToScope = true; 5165 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5166 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5167 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5168 return nullptr; 5169 } 5170 5171 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5172 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5173 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5174 TemplateParamLists, 5175 AddToScope); 5176 } else { 5177 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5178 AddToScope); 5179 } 5180 5181 if (!New) 5182 return nullptr; 5183 5184 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5185 // add it to the scope stack. 5186 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) { 5187 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5188 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5189 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5190 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5191 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5192 if (!AddToContext) 5193 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5194 } 5195 5196 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5197 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5198 5199 return New; 5200 } 5201 5202 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5203 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5204 /// GCC compatibility). 5205 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5206 ASTContext &Context, 5207 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5208 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5209 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5210 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5211 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5212 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5213 SizeIsNegative = false; 5214 Oversized = 0; 5215 5216 if (T->isDependentType()) 5217 return QualType(); 5218 5219 QualifierCollector Qs; 5220 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5221 5222 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5223 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5224 QualType FixedType = 5225 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5226 Oversized); 5227 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5228 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5229 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5230 } 5231 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5232 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5233 QualType FixedType = 5234 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5235 Oversized); 5236 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5237 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5238 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5239 } 5240 5241 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5242 if (!VLATy) 5243 return QualType(); 5244 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5245 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5246 return QualType(); 5247 5248 llvm::APSInt Res; 5249 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5250 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5251 return QualType(); 5252 5253 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5254 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5255 SizeIsNegative = true; 5256 return QualType(); 5257 } 5258 5259 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5260 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5261 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5262 Res); 5263 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5264 Oversized = Res; 5265 return QualType(); 5266 } 5267 5268 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5269 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5270 } 5271 5272 static void 5273 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5274 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5275 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5276 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5277 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5278 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5279 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5280 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5281 return; 5282 } 5283 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5284 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5285 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5286 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5287 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5288 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5289 return; 5290 } 5291 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5292 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5293 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5294 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5295 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5296 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5297 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5298 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5299 } 5300 5301 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5302 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5303 /// GCC compatibility). 5304 static TypeSourceInfo* 5305 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5306 ASTContext &Context, 5307 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5308 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5309 QualType FixedTy 5310 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5311 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5312 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5313 return nullptr; 5314 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5315 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5316 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5317 return FixedTInfo; 5318 } 5319 5320 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5321 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5322 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5323 /// function-scope declarations. 5324 void 5325 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5326 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5327 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5328 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5329 return; 5330 5331 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5332 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5333 } 5334 5335 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5336 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5337 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5338 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5339 } 5340 5341 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5342 /// does not identify a function. 5343 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5344 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5345 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5346 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5347 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5348 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5349 5350 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5351 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5352 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5353 5354 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5355 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5356 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5357 } 5358 5359 NamedDecl* 5360 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5361 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5362 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5363 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5364 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5365 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5366 D.setInvalidType(); 5367 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5368 DC = CurContext; 5369 Previous.clear(); 5370 } 5371 5372 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5373 5374 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5375 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5376 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 5377 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5378 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5379 << 1; 5380 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5381 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5382 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5383 5384 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5385 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5386 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5387 return nullptr; 5388 } 5389 5390 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5391 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5392 5393 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5394 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5395 5396 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5397 5398 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5399 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5400 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5401 return ND; 5402 } 5403 5404 void 5405 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5406 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5407 // then it shall have block scope. 5408 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5409 // that redeclarations will match. 5410 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5411 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5412 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5413 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5414 5415 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5416 bool SizeIsNegative; 5417 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5418 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5419 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5420 SizeIsNegative, 5421 Oversized); 5422 if (FixedTInfo) { 5423 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5424 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5425 } else { 5426 if (SizeIsNegative) 5427 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5428 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5429 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5430 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5431 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5432 << Oversized.toString(10); 5433 else 5434 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5435 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5436 } 5437 } 5438 } 5439 } 5440 5441 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5442 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5443 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5444 NamedDecl* 5445 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5446 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5447 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5448 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5449 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5450 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5451 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5452 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5453 Redeclaration = true; 5454 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5455 } 5456 5457 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5458 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5459 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5460 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5461 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5462 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5463 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5464 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5465 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5466 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5467 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5468 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5469 } 5470 5471 return NewTD; 5472 } 5473 5474 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5475 /// previous declaration. 5476 /// 5477 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5478 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5479 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5480 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5481 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5482 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5483 /// 5484 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5485 /// lookup 5486 /// 5487 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5488 /// declared. 5489 /// 5490 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5491 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5492 static bool 5493 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5494 ASTContext &Context) { 5495 if (!PrevDecl) 5496 return false; 5497 5498 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5499 return false; 5500 5501 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5502 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5503 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5504 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5505 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5506 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5507 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5508 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5509 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5510 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5511 return false; 5512 5513 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5514 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5515 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5516 return false; 5517 5518 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5519 // previous declarations. 5520 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5521 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5522 5523 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5524 // isn't the same function. 5525 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5526 return false; 5527 } 5528 5529 return true; 5530 } 5531 5532 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5533 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5534 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5535 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5536 } 5537 5538 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5539 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5540 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5541 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5542 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5543 unsigned kind = -1U; 5544 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5545 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5546 kind = 0; // __block 5547 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5548 kind = 1; // global 5549 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5550 kind = 3; // ivar 5551 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5552 kind = 2; // field 5553 } 5554 5555 if (kind != -1U) { 5556 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5557 << kind; 5558 } 5559 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5560 // Try to infer lifetime. 5561 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5562 return false; 5563 5564 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5565 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5566 decl->setType(type); 5567 } 5568 5569 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5570 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5571 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5572 var->getTLSKind()) { 5573 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5574 << var->getType(); 5575 return true; 5576 } 5577 } 5578 5579 return false; 5580 } 5581 5582 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5583 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5584 // the wrong linkage. 5585 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5586 5587 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5588 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5589 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5590 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5591 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5592 } 5593 } 5594 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5595 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5596 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5597 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5598 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5599 } 5600 } 5601 5602 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5603 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5604 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5605 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5606 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5607 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5608 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5609 } 5610 } 5611 } 5612 5613 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5614 // It does not apply to functions. 5615 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5616 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5617 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5618 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5619 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5620 } 5621 } 5622 5623 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5624 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5625 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5626 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5627 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5628 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5629 << &ND << Attr; 5630 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5631 } 5632 } 5633 5634 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5635 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5636 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5637 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5638 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5639 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5640 << Attr; 5641 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5642 } 5643 } 5644 5645 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5646 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5647 bool IsSpecialization, 5648 bool IsDefinition) { 5649 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5650 return; 5651 5652 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5653 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5654 if (!IsSpecialization) 5655 IsDefinition = false; 5656 } 5657 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5658 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5659 5660 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5661 return; 5662 5663 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5664 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5665 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5666 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5667 5668 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5669 // inherited attribute instances. 5670 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5671 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5672 5673 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5674 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5675 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5676 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5677 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5678 5679 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5680 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5681 bool JustWarn = false; 5682 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5683 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5684 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5685 JustWarn = true; 5686 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5687 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5688 JustWarn = true; 5689 } 5690 5691 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5692 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5693 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5694 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5695 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5696 JustWarn = false; 5697 5698 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5699 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5700 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5701 << NewDecl 5702 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5703 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5704 if (!JustWarn) { 5705 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5706 return; 5707 } 5708 } 5709 5710 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5711 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5712 // qualified friend declarations or special MSVC extension: in the last case, 5713 // the declaration is treated as if it were marked dllexport. 5714 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5715 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 5716 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5717 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5718 // separately. 5719 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5720 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 5721 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 5722 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5723 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5724 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5725 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5726 } 5727 5728 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5729 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5730 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 5731 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5732 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 5733 << NewDecl; 5734 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5735 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5736 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 5737 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 5738 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 5739 } else { 5740 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5741 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5742 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5743 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5744 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5745 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5746 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5747 } 5748 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 5749 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5750 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5751 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5752 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5753 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5754 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5755 } 5756 } 5757 5758 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5759 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5760 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5761 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5762 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5763 5764 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5765 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5766 5767 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5768 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5769 return false; 5770 5771 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5772 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5773 } 5774 5775 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5776 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5777 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5778 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5779 /// 5780 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5781 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5782 /// 5783 /// For instance: 5784 /// 5785 /// auto x = []{}; 5786 /// 5787 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5788 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5789 /// 5790 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5791 template<typename T> 5792 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5793 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5794 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5795 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5796 return false; 5797 5798 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 5799 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5800 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5801 return false; 5802 } 5803 return D->isExternC(); 5804 } 5805 5806 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5807 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5808 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5809 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5810 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5811 return true; 5812 if (DC->isRecord()) 5813 return false; 5814 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5815 } 5816 5817 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5818 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5819 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 5820 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5821 return true; 5822 if (DC->isRecord()) 5823 return false; 5824 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5825 } 5826 5827 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5828 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5829 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5830 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5831 return true; 5832 return false; 5833 } 5834 5835 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5836 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5837 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5838 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5839 return true; 5840 5841 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5842 // position to the decl itself. 5843 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5844 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5845 return true; 5846 } 5847 5848 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5849 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5850 } 5851 5852 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5853 /// function-local external declaration. 5854 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5855 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5856 return false; 5857 5858 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5859 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5860 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5861 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5862 return true; 5863 5864 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5865 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5866 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5867 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5868 // 5869 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5870 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5871 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5872 DC = DC->getParent(); 5873 return true; 5874 } 5875 5876 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5877 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5878 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5879 return FD->isExternC(); 5880 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5881 return VD->isExternC(); 5882 5883 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5884 } 5885 5886 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 5887 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5888 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5889 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 5890 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5891 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5892 5893 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5894 5895 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5896 AddToScope = false; 5897 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 5898 // purposes. 5899 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 5900 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 5901 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 5902 Name = II; 5903 } 5904 } else if (!II) { 5905 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5906 << Name; 5907 return nullptr; 5908 } 5909 5910 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5911 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 5912 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 5913 // argument. 5914 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { 5915 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5916 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 5917 << R; 5918 D.setInvalidType(); 5919 return nullptr; 5920 } 5921 5922 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 5923 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5924 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: 5925 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope. 5926 if (NULL == S->getParent()) { 5927 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { 5928 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5929 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R; 5930 D.setInvalidType(); 5931 return nullptr; 5932 } 5933 } 5934 5935 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5936 QualType NR = R; 5937 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5938 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5939 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5940 D.setInvalidType(); 5941 break; 5942 } 5943 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5944 } 5945 5946 if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) { 5947 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5948 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5949 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5950 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5951 D.setInvalidType(); 5952 } 5953 } 5954 5955 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5956 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5957 // space qualifiers. 5958 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5959 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5960 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5961 } 5962 5963 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 5964 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5965 // address space qualifiers. 5966 if (R->isEventT()) { 5967 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5968 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5969 D.setInvalidType(); 5970 } 5971 } 5972 } 5973 5974 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5975 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5976 5977 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5978 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5979 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5980 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5981 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5982 SC = SC_Extern; 5983 5984 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5985 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5986 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5987 5988 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5989 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5990 // an error here 5991 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5992 D.setInvalidType(); 5993 SC = SC_None; 5994 } 5995 5996 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5997 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5998 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5999 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 6000 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 6001 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 6002 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6003 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 6004 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 6005 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6006 } 6007 6008 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6009 6010 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6011 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 6012 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 6013 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 6014 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 6015 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 6016 D.setInvalidType(); 6017 } 6018 } 6019 6020 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 6021 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 6022 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 6023 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 6024 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 6025 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 6026 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 6027 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6028 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6029 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6030 R, TInfo, SC); 6031 6032 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 6033 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6034 6035 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6036 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6037 } else { 6038 bool Invalid = false; 6039 6040 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6041 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6042 switch (SC) { 6043 case SC_None: 6044 break; 6045 case SC_Static: 6046 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6047 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6048 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6049 break; 6050 case SC_Auto: 6051 case SC_Register: 6052 case SC_Extern: 6053 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6054 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6055 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6056 // of class members 6057 6058 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6059 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6060 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6061 break; 6062 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6063 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6064 } 6065 } 6066 6067 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6068 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6069 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6070 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6071 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6072 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6073 6074 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6075 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6076 if (RD->isUnion()) 6077 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6078 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6079 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6080 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6081 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6082 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6083 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6084 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6085 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6086 } 6087 } 6088 6089 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6090 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6091 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6092 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6093 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6094 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6095 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6096 : nullptr, 6097 TemplateParamLists, 6098 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 6099 6100 if (TemplateParams) { 6101 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6102 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6103 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6104 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6105 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6106 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6107 << II 6108 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6109 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6110 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6111 } else { 6112 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6113 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6114 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6115 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6116 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6117 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6118 // This is a template declaration. 6119 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6120 6121 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6122 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6123 return nullptr; 6124 6125 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6126 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6127 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6128 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6129 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6130 } 6131 } 6132 } else { 6133 assert( 6134 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 6135 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6136 } 6137 6138 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6139 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6140 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6141 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6142 : SourceLocation(); 6143 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6144 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6145 IsPartialSpecialization); 6146 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6147 return nullptr; 6148 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6149 AddToScope = false; 6150 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6151 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6152 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 6153 Bindings); 6154 } else 6155 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6156 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6157 6158 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6159 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6160 NewTemplate = 6161 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6162 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6163 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6164 } 6165 6166 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6167 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6168 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 6169 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6170 6171 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6172 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6173 if (NewTemplate) 6174 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6175 } 6176 6177 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6178 6179 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6180 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6181 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6182 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6183 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6184 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6185 6186 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6187 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6188 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6189 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6190 // implicitly an inline variable. 6191 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) 6192 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6193 } 6194 6195 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6196 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6197 VTD->setConcept(); 6198 6199 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6200 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6201 // specifiers, [...] 6202 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6203 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6204 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6205 << 0 << 0; 6206 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6207 } 6208 6209 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6210 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6211 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6212 << 0 << 3; 6213 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6214 } 6215 6216 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6217 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6218 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6219 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6220 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6221 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6222 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6223 } 6224 6225 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6226 // following restrictions: 6227 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6228 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6229 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6230 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6231 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6232 } 6233 } 6234 } 6235 6236 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6237 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6238 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6239 << 0; 6240 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6241 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6242 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6243 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6244 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6245 } else { 6246 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6247 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6248 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6249 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6250 } 6251 } 6252 6253 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6254 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6255 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6256 if (NewTemplate) 6257 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6258 6259 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 6260 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 6261 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6262 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 6263 else 6264 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6265 } 6266 6267 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6268 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6269 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6270 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6271 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6272 // explicitly. 6273 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6274 // 'extern'. 6275 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6276 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6277 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6278 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6279 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6280 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6281 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6282 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6283 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6284 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6285 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6286 // error should be ignored. 6287 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6288 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6289 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6290 // to emit any code for it. 6291 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6292 } else 6293 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6294 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6295 } else 6296 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6297 } 6298 6299 // C99 6.7.4p3 6300 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6301 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6302 // thread storage duration... 6303 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6304 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6305 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6306 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6307 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6308 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6309 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6310 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6311 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6312 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6313 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6314 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6315 } 6316 } 6317 6318 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6319 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6320 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6321 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6322 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6323 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6324 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 6325 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6326 << 2 6327 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6328 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6329 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6330 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6331 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6332 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6333 else { 6334 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6335 if (NewTemplate) 6336 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6337 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6338 B->setModulePrivate(); 6339 } 6340 } 6341 6342 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6343 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6344 6345 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6346 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6347 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6348 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6349 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6350 // storage [duration]." 6351 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6352 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6353 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6354 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6355 } 6356 } 6357 6358 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6359 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6360 // check the VarDecl itself. 6361 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6362 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6363 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6364 6365 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6366 // retainable type. 6367 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6368 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6369 6370 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6371 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6372 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6373 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6374 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6375 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6376 switch (SC) { 6377 case SC_None: 6378 case SC_Auto: 6379 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6380 break; 6381 case SC_Register: 6382 // Local Named register 6383 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6384 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6385 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6386 break; 6387 case SC_Static: 6388 case SC_Extern: 6389 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6390 break; 6391 } 6392 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6393 // Global Named register 6394 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6395 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6396 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6397 6398 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6399 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6400 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6401 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6402 HasSizeMismatch)) 6403 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6404 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6405 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6406 } 6407 6408 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6409 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6410 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6411 } 6412 } 6413 6414 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6415 Context, Label, 0)); 6416 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6417 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6418 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6419 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6420 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6421 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6422 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6423 } else 6424 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6425 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6426 } 6427 } 6428 6429 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 6430 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() 6431 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous) 6432 : nullptr; 6433 6434 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6435 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6436 // declaration has linkage). 6437 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6438 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6439 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6440 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6441 6442 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6443 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6444 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6445 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6446 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6447 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6448 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6449 6450 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6451 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6452 } else { 6453 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6454 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6455 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6456 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6457 6458 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6459 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6460 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6461 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6462 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6463 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6464 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6465 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6466 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6467 Previous.clear(); 6468 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6469 } 6470 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6471 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6472 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6473 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6474 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6475 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6476 } 6477 6478 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6479 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6480 6481 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...] 6482 // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a 6483 // concept definition. 6484 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization && 6485 !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() && 6486 Previous.isSingleResult()) { 6487 NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6488 if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) { 6489 if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) { 6490 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized) 6491 << 1 /*variable*/ 6492 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/ 6493 : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/); 6494 Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6495 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6496 } 6497 } 6498 } 6499 6500 if (NewTemplate) { 6501 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6502 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6503 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6504 : nullptr; 6505 6506 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6507 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6508 // template declaration. 6509 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6510 TemplateParams, 6511 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6512 : nullptr, 6513 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6514 DC->isDependentContext()) 6515 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6516 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6517 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6518 6519 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6520 // template, make a note of that. 6521 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6522 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6523 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6524 } 6525 } 6526 6527 // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration. 6528 if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration()) 6529 CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 6530 6531 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6532 6533 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6534 // the map of such variables. 6535 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6536 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6537 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6538 6539 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6540 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6541 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6542 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6543 Context.setManglingNumber( 6544 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6545 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6546 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6547 } 6548 } 6549 6550 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6551 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6552 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6553 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6554 6555 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6556 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6557 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6558 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6559 6560 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6561 // behavior. 6562 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6563 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6564 } 6565 6566 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6567 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6568 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6569 IsExplicitSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6570 } 6571 6572 if (NewTemplate) { 6573 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6574 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6575 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6576 return NewTemplate; 6577 } 6578 6579 return NewVD; 6580 } 6581 6582 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6583 enum ShadowedDeclKind { SDK_Local, SDK_Global, SDK_StaticMember, SDK_Field }; 6584 6585 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6586 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6587 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6588 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6589 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6590 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6591 } 6592 6593 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given 6594 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. 6595 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 6596 const VarDecl *VD) { 6597 for (const LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { 6598 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) 6599 return Capture.getLocation(); 6600 } 6601 return SourceLocation(); 6602 } 6603 6604 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null 6605 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 6606 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, 6607 const LookupResult &R) { 6608 // Return if warning is ignored. 6609 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6610 return nullptr; 6611 6612 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6613 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6614 return nullptr; 6615 6616 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6617 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6618 return nullptr; 6619 6620 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6621 return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) 6622 ? ShadowedDecl 6623 : nullptr; 6624 } 6625 6626 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6627 /// -Wshadow. 6628 /// 6629 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6630 /// scope. 6631 /// 6632 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable 6633 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6634 /// 6635 void Sema::CheckShadow(VarDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6636 const LookupResult &R) { 6637 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6638 6639 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 6640 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6641 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6642 if (MD->isStatic()) 6643 return; 6644 6645 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 6646 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 6647 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC) && isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 6648 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 6649 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 6650 D = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 6651 ShadowingDecls.insert({D, FD}); 6652 return; 6653 } 6654 } 6655 6656 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6657 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6658 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6659 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6660 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6661 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6662 ShadowedDecl = I; 6663 break; 6664 } 6665 } 6666 6667 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6668 6669 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; 6670 SourceLocation CaptureLoc; 6671 if (isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { 6672 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { 6673 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { 6674 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { 6675 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. 6676 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); 6677 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. 6678 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); 6679 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6680 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; 6681 } else { 6682 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the 6683 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. 6684 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) 6685 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back({D, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); 6686 return; 6687 } 6688 } 6689 } 6690 } 6691 6692 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6693 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6694 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6695 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6696 return; 6697 6698 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6699 // static data members from base classes? 6700 6701 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6702 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6703 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6704 } 6705 6706 6707 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6708 6709 // Emit warning and note. 6710 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6711 return; 6712 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 6713 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6714 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6715 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 6716 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; 6717 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6718 } 6719 6720 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD 6721 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. 6722 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { 6723 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { 6724 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; 6725 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. 6726 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); 6727 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6728 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() 6729 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local 6730 : diag::warn_decl_shadow) 6731 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() 6732 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; 6733 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6734 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 6735 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; 6736 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6737 } 6738 } 6739 6740 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6741 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6742 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6743 return; 6744 6745 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6746 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6747 LookupName(R, S); 6748 if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R)) 6749 CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R); 6750 } 6751 6752 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 6753 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 6754 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 6755 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 6756 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 6757 return; 6758 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6759 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 6760 if (!DRE) 6761 return; 6762 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 6763 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 6764 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 6765 return; 6766 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 6767 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6768 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 6769 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 6770 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6771 6772 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 6773 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 6774 } 6775 6776 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6777 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6778 template<typename T> 6779 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6780 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6781 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6782 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6783 6784 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6785 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6786 // declaration. 6787 return false; 6788 } 6789 6790 if (Prev) { 6791 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6792 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6793 // redeclaration. 6794 Previous.clear(); 6795 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6796 return true; 6797 } 6798 6799 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6800 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6801 // declaration. 6802 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6803 return false; 6804 } else { 6805 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6806 // translation unit which might conflict. 6807 if (IsGlobal) { 6808 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6809 IsGlobal = false; 6810 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6811 I != E; ++I) { 6812 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6813 Prev = *I; 6814 break; 6815 } 6816 } 6817 } else { 6818 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6819 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6820 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6821 I != E; ++I) { 6822 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6823 Prev = *I; 6824 break; 6825 } 6826 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6827 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6828 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6829 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6830 // diagnostic. 6831 } 6832 } 6833 6834 if (!Prev) 6835 return false; 6836 } 6837 6838 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6839 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6840 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6841 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6842 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6843 else 6844 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6845 6846 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6847 << IsGlobal << ND; 6848 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6849 << IsGlobal; 6850 return false; 6851 } 6852 6853 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6854 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6855 /// 6856 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6857 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6858 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6859 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6860 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6861 template<typename T> 6862 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6863 LookupResult &Previous) { 6864 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6865 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6866 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6867 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6868 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6869 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6870 Previous.clear(); 6871 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6872 return true; 6873 } 6874 } 6875 return false; 6876 } 6877 6878 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6879 // declaration. 6880 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6881 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6882 6883 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6884 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6885 // in another scope. 6886 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6887 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6888 6889 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6890 return false; 6891 } 6892 6893 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6894 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6895 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6896 return; 6897 6898 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6899 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6900 6901 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6902 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6903 return; 6904 6905 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6906 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6907 6908 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6909 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6910 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6911 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6912 NewVD->setType(T); 6913 } 6914 6915 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6916 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6917 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6918 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6919 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 6920 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6921 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6922 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6923 return; 6924 } 6925 6926 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 6927 // scope. 6928 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 6929 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") && 6930 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6931 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6932 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6933 return; 6934 } 6935 6936 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6937 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 6938 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6939 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 6940 return; 6941 } 6942 6943 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 6944 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 6945 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 6946 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6947 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 6948 << 0 /*const*/; 6949 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6950 return; 6951 } 6952 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6953 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 6954 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6955 return; 6956 } 6957 } 6958 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6959 // __constant address space. 6960 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6961 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6962 // address space. 6963 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 6964 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6965 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 6966 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6967 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6968 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6969 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 6970 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6971 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6972 << Scope << "global or constant"; 6973 else 6974 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6975 << Scope << "constant"; 6976 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6977 return; 6978 } 6979 } else { 6980 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6981 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6982 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 6983 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6984 return; 6985 } 6986 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 6987 // in functions. 6988 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6989 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 6990 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6991 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6992 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 6993 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6994 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 6995 else 6996 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6997 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 6998 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6999 return; 7000 } 7001 } 7002 } 7003 } 7004 7005 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 7006 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7007 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 7008 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 7009 else { 7010 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 7011 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 7012 } 7013 } 7014 7015 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 7016 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 7017 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7018 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7019 7020 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 7021 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 7022 bool SizeIsNegative; 7023 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7024 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 7025 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 7026 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 7027 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 7028 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 7029 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 7030 // int a[10][n]; 7031 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 7032 7033 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7034 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 7035 << SizeRange; 7036 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 7037 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 7038 << SizeRange; 7039 else 7040 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 7041 << SizeRange; 7042 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7043 return; 7044 } 7045 7046 if (!FixedTInfo) { 7047 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7048 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 7049 else 7050 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 7051 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7052 return; 7053 } 7054 7055 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7056 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 7057 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 7058 } 7059 7060 if (T->isVoidType()) { 7061 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 7062 // of objects and functions. 7063 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7064 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 7065 << T; 7066 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7067 return; 7068 } 7069 } 7070 7071 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7072 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7073 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7074 return; 7075 } 7076 7077 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7078 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 7079 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7080 return; 7081 } 7082 7083 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 7084 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 7085 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 7086 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7087 return; 7088 } 7089 } 7090 7091 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 7092 /// declaration. 7093 /// 7094 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 7095 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 7096 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 7097 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 7098 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 7099 /// 7100 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 7101 /// 7102 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 7103 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 7104 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 7105 7106 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7107 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7108 return false; 7109 7110 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 7111 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 7112 if (Previous.empty() && 7113 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 7114 Previous.setShadowed(); 7115 7116 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7117 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 7118 return true; 7119 } 7120 return false; 7121 } 7122 7123 namespace { 7124 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7125 Sema *S; 7126 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7127 7128 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7129 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7130 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7131 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7132 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7133 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7134 7135 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7136 7137 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7138 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7139 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7140 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7141 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7142 7143 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7144 } 7145 7146 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7147 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7148 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7149 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7150 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7151 return true; 7152 } 7153 } 7154 7155 return false; 7156 } 7157 }; 7158 7159 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7160 } // end anonymous namespace 7161 7162 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7163 /// overriden methods. 7164 /// 7165 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7166 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7167 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7168 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7169 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7170 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7171 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 7172 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 7173 I != E; ++I) { 7174 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7175 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7176 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7177 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7178 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 7179 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 7180 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7181 } 7182 } 7183 7184 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7185 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7186 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7187 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7188 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7189 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7190 FOM.Method = MD; 7191 FOM.S = this; 7192 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7193 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7194 bool AddedAny = false; 7195 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7196 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7197 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7198 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7199 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7200 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7201 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7202 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7203 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7204 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7205 AddedAny = true; 7206 } 7207 } 7208 } 7209 } 7210 7211 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7212 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7213 } 7214 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7215 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7216 } 7217 7218 return AddedAny; 7219 } 7220 7221 namespace { 7222 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7223 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7224 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7225 Scope *S; 7226 Declarator &D; 7227 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7228 bool AddToScope; 7229 }; 7230 } // end anonymous namespace 7231 7232 namespace { 7233 7234 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7235 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7236 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7237 public: 7238 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7239 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7240 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7241 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7242 7243 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7244 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7245 return false; 7246 7247 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7248 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7249 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7250 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7251 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7252 7253 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7254 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7255 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7256 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7257 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7258 return true; 7259 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7260 return true; 7261 } 7262 } 7263 } 7264 7265 return false; 7266 } 7267 7268 private: 7269 ASTContext &Context; 7270 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7271 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7272 }; 7273 7274 } // end anonymous namespace 7275 7276 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7277 /// 7278 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7279 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7280 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7281 /// the same name. 7282 /// 7283 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7284 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7285 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7286 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7287 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7288 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7289 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7290 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7291 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7292 TypoCorrection Correction; 7293 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7294 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7295 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7296 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7297 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7298 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7299 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7300 7301 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7302 if (IsLocalFriend) 7303 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7304 else 7305 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7306 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7307 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7308 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7309 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7310 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7311 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7312 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7313 if (FD && 7314 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7315 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7316 // involve a parameter 7317 unsigned ParamNum = 7318 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7319 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7320 } 7321 } 7322 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7323 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7324 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7325 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7326 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7327 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7328 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7329 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7330 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7331 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7332 Previous.clear(); 7333 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7334 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7335 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7336 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7337 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7338 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7339 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7340 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7341 } 7342 } 7343 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7344 7345 NamedDecl *Result; 7346 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7347 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7348 { 7349 // Trap errors. 7350 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7351 7352 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7353 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7354 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7355 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7356 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7357 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7358 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7359 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7360 7361 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7362 Result = nullptr; 7363 } 7364 7365 if (Result) { 7366 // Determine which correction we picked. 7367 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7368 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7369 I != E; ++I) 7370 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7371 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7372 7373 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7374 Correction, 7375 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7376 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7377 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7378 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7379 return Result; 7380 } 7381 7382 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7383 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7384 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7385 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7386 Previous.clear(); 7387 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7388 } 7389 7390 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7391 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7392 7393 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7394 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7395 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7396 7397 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7398 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7399 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7400 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7401 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7402 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7403 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7404 7405 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7406 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7407 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7408 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7409 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7410 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7411 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7412 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7413 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7414 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7415 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7416 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7417 } else 7418 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7419 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7420 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7421 } 7422 return nullptr; 7423 } 7424 7425 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7426 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7427 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7428 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7429 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7430 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7431 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7432 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7433 D.setInvalidType(); 7434 break; 7435 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7436 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7437 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7438 return SC_None; 7439 return SC_Extern; 7440 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7441 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7442 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7443 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7444 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7445 // other than extern 7446 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7447 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7448 diag::err_static_block_func); 7449 break; 7450 } else 7451 return SC_Static; 7452 } 7453 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7454 } 7455 7456 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7457 return SC_None; 7458 } 7459 7460 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7461 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7462 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7463 StorageClass SC, 7464 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7465 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7466 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7467 7468 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7469 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7470 7471 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7472 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7473 // prototype. This true when: 7474 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7475 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 7476 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 7477 bool HasPrototype = 7478 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7479 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7480 7481 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7482 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7483 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7484 HasPrototype, false); 7485 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7486 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7487 7488 return NewFD; 7489 } 7490 7491 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7492 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7493 7494 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7495 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7496 // the class has been completely parsed. 7497 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7498 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7499 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7500 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7501 D.setInvalidType(); 7502 7503 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7504 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7505 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7506 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7507 7508 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7509 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7510 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7511 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7512 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7513 isConstexpr); 7514 7515 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7516 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7517 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7518 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7519 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7520 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7521 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7522 D.getLocStart(), 7523 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7524 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7525 7526 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7527 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7528 // it yet. 7529 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7530 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7531 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7532 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7533 } 7534 7535 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7536 return NewDD; 7537 7538 } else { 7539 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7540 D.setInvalidType(); 7541 7542 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7543 // code path. 7544 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7545 D.getLocStart(), 7546 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7547 SC, isInline, 7548 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7549 } 7550 7551 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7552 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7553 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7554 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7555 return nullptr; 7556 } 7557 7558 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7559 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7560 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7561 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7562 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7563 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7564 7565 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7566 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7567 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7568 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7569 // constructor if it has no return type). 7570 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7571 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7572 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7573 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7574 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7575 return nullptr; 7576 } 7577 7578 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7579 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7580 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7581 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7582 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7583 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7584 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7585 return Ret; 7586 } else { 7587 bool isFriend = 7588 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7589 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7590 return nullptr; 7591 7592 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7593 // prototype. This true when: 7594 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7595 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7596 D.getLocStart(), 7597 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7598 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7599 } 7600 } 7601 7602 enum OpenCLParamType { 7603 ValidKernelParam, 7604 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7605 PtrKernelParam, 7606 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, 7607 InvalidKernelParam, 7608 RecordKernelParam 7609 }; 7610 7611 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 7612 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7613 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7614 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7615 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7616 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || 7617 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0) 7618 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; 7619 return PtrKernelParam; 7620 } 7621 7622 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7623 // be used as builtin types. 7624 7625 if (PT->isImageType()) 7626 return PtrKernelParam; 7627 7628 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7629 return InvalidKernelParam; 7630 7631 if (PT->isEventT()) 7632 return InvalidKernelParam; 7633 7634 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 7635 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 7636 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 7637 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType()) 7638 return InvalidKernelParam; 7639 7640 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7641 return RecordKernelParam; 7642 7643 return ValidKernelParam; 7644 } 7645 7646 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7647 Sema &S, 7648 Declarator &D, 7649 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7650 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7651 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7652 7653 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7654 // used again 7655 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7656 return; 7657 7658 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 7659 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7660 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7661 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7662 // pointer to a pointer type. 7663 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7664 D.setInvalidType(); 7665 return; 7666 7667 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: 7668 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: 7669 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point 7670 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or 7671 // __constant. 7672 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); 7673 D.setInvalidType(); 7674 return; 7675 7676 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7677 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7678 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7679 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7680 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7681 7682 case InvalidKernelParam: 7683 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7684 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7685 // of event_t type. 7686 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 7687 // type for any function elsewhere. 7688 if (!PT->isHalfType()) 7689 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7690 D.setInvalidType(); 7691 return; 7692 7693 case PtrKernelParam: 7694 case ValidKernelParam: 7695 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7696 return; 7697 7698 case RecordKernelParam: 7699 break; 7700 } 7701 7702 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7703 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7704 7705 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7706 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7707 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7708 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7709 7710 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7711 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7712 7713 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7714 7715 do { 7716 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7717 if (!Next) { 7718 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7719 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7720 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7721 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7722 7723 continue; 7724 } 7725 7726 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7727 // field itself) to the history stack. 7728 const RecordDecl *RD; 7729 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7730 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7731 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7732 } else { 7733 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7734 } 7735 7736 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7737 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7738 7739 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7740 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7741 7742 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7743 continue; 7744 7745 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 7746 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7747 continue; 7748 7749 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7750 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7751 continue; 7752 } 7753 7754 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7755 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7756 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7757 // union. 7758 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7759 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { 7760 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7761 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7762 << PT->isUnionType() 7763 << PT; 7764 } else { 7765 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7766 } 7767 7768 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7769 << PD->getDeclName(); 7770 7771 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7772 // the offending field came from 7773 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7774 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7775 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7776 I != E; ++I) { 7777 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7778 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7779 << OuterField->getType(); 7780 } 7781 7782 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7783 << QT->isPointerType() 7784 << QT; 7785 D.setInvalidType(); 7786 return; 7787 } 7788 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7789 } 7790 7791 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 7792 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 7793 /// nothing. 7794 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 7795 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7796 DC = DC->getParent(); 7797 return DC; 7798 } 7799 7800 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 7801 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 7802 /// nothing. 7803 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 7804 while (S->isClassScope() || 7805 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 7806 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 7807 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 7808 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 7809 S = S->getParent(); 7810 return S; 7811 } 7812 7813 NamedDecl* 7814 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7815 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7816 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7817 bool &AddToScope) { 7818 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7819 7820 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7821 7822 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7823 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7824 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7825 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7826 7827 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7828 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7829 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7830 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7831 7832 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7833 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7834 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7835 7836 bool isFriend = false; 7837 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7838 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7839 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7840 7841 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7842 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7843 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7844 7845 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7846 7847 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7848 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7849 7850 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7851 isVirtualOkay); 7852 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7853 7854 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7855 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7856 7857 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7858 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7859 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7860 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7861 7862 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7863 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7864 7865 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7866 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7867 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7868 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7869 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7870 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7871 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7872 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7873 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7874 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7875 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7876 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7877 } 7878 7879 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7880 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7881 // return true). 7882 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7883 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7884 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7885 NewFD->setPure(true); 7886 7887 // C++ [class.union]p2 7888 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7889 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7890 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7891 } 7892 7893 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7894 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7895 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7896 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7897 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7898 7899 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7900 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7901 bool Invalid = false; 7902 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7903 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7904 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7905 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7906 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7907 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7908 : nullptr, 7909 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7910 Invalid)) { 7911 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7912 // This is a function template 7913 7914 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7915 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7916 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7917 7918 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7919 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7920 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7921 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7922 } 7923 7924 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7925 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7926 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7927 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7928 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7929 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7930 Invalid = true; 7931 } 7932 7933 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7934 NewFD->getLocation(), 7935 Name, TemplateParams, 7936 NewFD); 7937 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7938 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7939 7940 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7941 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7942 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7943 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7944 } 7945 } else { 7946 // This is a function template specialization. 7947 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7948 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7949 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7950 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7951 7952 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7953 if (isFriend) { 7954 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7955 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7956 7957 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7958 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7959 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7960 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7961 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7962 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7963 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7964 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7965 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7966 } 7967 7968 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7969 << Name << RemoveRange 7970 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7971 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7972 } 7973 } 7974 } 7975 else { 7976 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7977 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7978 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7979 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7980 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7981 } 7982 7983 if (Invalid) { 7984 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7985 if (FunctionTemplate) 7986 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7987 } 7988 7989 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7990 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7991 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7992 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7993 // 7994 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7995 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7996 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7997 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7998 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7999 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 8000 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8001 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 8002 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8003 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8004 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 8005 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 8006 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8007 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 8008 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8009 } else { 8010 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 8011 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 8012 } 8013 8014 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8015 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 8016 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 8017 } 8018 8019 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8020 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 8021 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 8022 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8023 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 8024 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 8025 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 8026 // thing to do. 8027 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 8028 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 8029 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8030 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8031 QualType Result = 8032 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 8033 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 8034 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 8035 } 8036 8037 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 8038 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 8039 // declaration. 8040 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8041 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8042 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 8043 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8044 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 8045 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 8046 } 8047 } 8048 8049 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 8050 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 8051 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 8052 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 8053 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8054 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8055 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 8056 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8057 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 8058 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8059 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 8060 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8061 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 8062 // or conversion function. 8063 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8064 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 8065 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8066 } 8067 } 8068 8069 if (isConstexpr) { 8070 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 8071 // are implicitly inline. 8072 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8073 8074 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 8075 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 8076 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 8077 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 8078 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 8079 } 8080 8081 if (isConcept) { 8082 // This is a function concept. 8083 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8084 FTD->setConcept(); 8085 8086 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8087 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 8088 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8089 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8090 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 8091 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8092 } 8093 8094 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 8095 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 8096 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 8097 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8098 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 8099 SourceRange Range; 8100 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 8101 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 8102 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 8103 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 8104 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8105 } else { 8106 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 8107 } 8108 8109 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8110 // following restrictions: 8111 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 8112 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 8113 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 8114 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8115 } 8116 8117 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8118 // following restrictions: 8119 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 8120 // parameter list. 8121 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 8122 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 8123 } 8124 8125 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 8126 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 8127 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8128 8129 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 8130 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 8131 // specifiers, [...] 8132 if (isInline) { 8133 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8134 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8135 << 1 << 1; 8136 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8137 } 8138 8139 if (isFriend) { 8140 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 8141 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8142 << 1 << 2; 8143 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8144 } 8145 8146 if (isConstexpr) { 8147 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 8148 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8149 << 1 << 3; 8150 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8151 } 8152 8153 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8154 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 8155 // template, declared in namespace scope. 8156 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8157 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8158 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 8159 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8160 return NewFD; 8161 } 8162 } 8163 8164 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8165 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8166 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8167 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8168 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8169 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8170 << 0 8171 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8172 } else { 8173 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8174 if (FunctionTemplate) 8175 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8176 } 8177 } 8178 8179 if (isFriend) { 8180 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8181 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8182 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8183 } 8184 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8185 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8186 } 8187 8188 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8189 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8190 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8191 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8192 case FDK_Declaration: 8193 case FDK_Definition: 8194 break; 8195 8196 case FDK_Defaulted: 8197 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8198 break; 8199 8200 case FDK_Deleted: 8201 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8202 break; 8203 } 8204 8205 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8206 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8207 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8208 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8209 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8210 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8211 } 8212 8213 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8214 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8215 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8216 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8217 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8218 // the class. 8219 8220 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8221 // member function definition. 8222 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8223 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8224 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8225 } 8226 8227 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8228 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8229 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8230 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8231 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8232 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8233 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8234 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8235 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8236 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8237 } 8238 8239 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8240 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8241 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8242 isExplicitSpecialization || 8243 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8244 8245 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8246 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8247 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8248 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8249 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8250 SE->getString(), 0)); 8251 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8252 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8253 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8254 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8255 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8256 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8257 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8258 } else 8259 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8260 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8261 } 8262 } 8263 8264 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8265 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8266 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8267 unsigned FTIIdx; 8268 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { 8269 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; 8270 8271 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8272 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8273 // single void argument. 8274 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8275 // already checks for that case. 8276 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8277 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8278 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8279 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8280 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8281 Params.push_back(Param); 8282 8283 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8284 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8285 } 8286 } 8287 8288 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8289 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them 8290 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag 8291 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always 8292 // the TU. 8293 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = 8294 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); 8295 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { 8296 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); 8297 8298 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum 8299 // instead. 8300 if (!TD) { 8301 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) 8302 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 8303 } 8304 if (!TD) 8305 continue; 8306 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 8307 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) 8308 continue; 8309 TagDC->removeDecl(TD); 8310 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8311 NewFD->addDecl(TD); 8312 8313 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag 8314 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of 8315 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the 8316 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: 8317 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); 8318 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) 8319 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); 8320 } 8321 } 8322 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8323 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8324 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8325 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8326 // 8327 // @code 8328 // typedef void fn(int); 8329 // fn f; 8330 // @endcode 8331 8332 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8333 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8334 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8335 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8336 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8337 Params.push_back(Param); 8338 } 8339 } else { 8340 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8341 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8342 } 8343 8344 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8345 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8346 8347 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8348 NewFD->addAttr( 8349 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8350 Context, 0)); 8351 8352 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8353 // because all functions have linkage. 8354 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8355 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8356 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8357 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8358 } 8359 8360 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8361 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8362 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8363 NewFD->addAttr( 8364 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8365 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8366 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8367 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8368 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8369 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8370 NewFD)) 8371 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8372 } 8373 8374 // Handle attributes. 8375 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8376 8377 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8378 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8379 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8380 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8381 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 8382 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 8383 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 8384 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8385 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8386 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8387 } 8388 } 8389 8390 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8391 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8392 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 8393 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8394 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8395 8396 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8397 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8398 8399 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8400 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8401 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8402 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8403 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8404 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8405 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8406 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8407 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8408 8409 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8410 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8411 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8412 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8413 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8414 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8415 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8416 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8417 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8418 int DiagID = 8419 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8420 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8421 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8422 } 8423 } 8424 } else { 8425 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8426 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8427 // 8428 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8429 // 8430 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8431 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8432 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8433 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8434 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8435 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8436 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8437 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8438 8439 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8440 // argument list into our AST format. 8441 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8442 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8443 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8444 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8445 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8446 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8447 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8448 TemplateArgs); 8449 8450 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8451 8452 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8453 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8454 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8455 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8456 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8457 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8458 8459 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8460 } else { 8461 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8462 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8463 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8464 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8465 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8466 } 8467 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8468 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8469 // wrote something like: 8470 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8471 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8472 // friend void foo<>(int); 8473 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8474 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8475 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8476 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8477 } 8478 8479 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because 8480 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their 8481 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, 8482 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a 8483 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template 8484 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. 8485 if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) 8486 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); 8487 8488 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8489 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8490 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8491 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8492 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8493 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8494 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8495 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8496 TemplateArgs, 8497 InstantiationDependent))) { 8498 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8499 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8500 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8501 Previous)) 8502 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8503 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8504 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8505 && !isFriend) { 8506 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8507 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8508 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8509 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8510 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8511 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8512 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8513 : nullptr), 8514 Previous)) 8515 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8516 8517 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8518 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8519 // specialization (14.7.3) 8520 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8521 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8522 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8523 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8524 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8525 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8526 << SC 8527 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8528 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8529 8530 else 8531 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8532 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8533 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8534 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8535 } 8536 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8537 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8538 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8539 } 8540 8541 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8542 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8543 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8544 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8545 8546 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8547 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8548 8549 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8550 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8551 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8552 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8553 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8554 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8555 } 8556 8557 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8558 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8559 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8560 8561 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8562 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8563 : NewFD); 8564 8565 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { 8566 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8567 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8568 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8569 8570 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8571 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8572 } 8573 8574 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8575 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8576 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8577 8578 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8579 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8580 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8581 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8582 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8583 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8584 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8585 : nullptr, 8586 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8587 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8588 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8589 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8590 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8591 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8592 DC->isDependentContext()) 8593 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8594 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8595 } 8596 8597 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8598 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8599 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8600 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8601 AddToScope }; 8602 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8603 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8604 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8605 8606 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8607 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8608 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8609 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8610 8611 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8612 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8613 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8614 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8615 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8616 // can actually do this check immediately. 8617 if (isFriend && 8618 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8619 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8620 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8621 // ignore these 8622 } else { 8623 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8624 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8625 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8626 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8627 // 8628 // class X { 8629 // void f() const; 8630 // }; 8631 // 8632 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8633 // 8634 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8635 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8636 // whether the parameter types are references). 8637 8638 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8639 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8640 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8641 return Result; 8642 } 8643 } 8644 8645 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8646 // to something. 8647 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8648 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8649 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8650 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8651 return Result; 8652 } 8653 } 8654 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8655 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8656 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8657 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8658 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8659 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8660 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8661 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8662 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8663 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8664 // generate them. 8665 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8666 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8667 } 8668 } 8669 8670 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8671 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8672 8673 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8674 8675 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8676 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8677 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8678 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8679 << NewFD; 8680 8681 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8682 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8683 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8684 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8685 EPI.Variadic = true; 8686 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8687 8688 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8689 NewFD->setType(R); 8690 } 8691 8692 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8693 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8694 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8695 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8696 8697 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8698 // marking the function. 8699 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8700 8701 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8702 // a pragma. 8703 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8704 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8705 8706 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8707 // the map of such variables. 8708 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8709 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8710 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8711 8712 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8713 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8714 8715 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8716 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8717 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8718 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 8719 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 8720 } 8721 8722 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 8723 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 8724 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8725 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8726 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8727 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8728 8729 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8730 } 8731 8732 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 8733 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 8734 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 8735 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 8736 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 8737 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 8738 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 8739 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8740 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 8741 } 8742 } 8743 8744 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8745 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8746 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8747 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8748 return FunctionTemplate; 8749 } 8750 } 8751 8752 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8753 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8754 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8755 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8756 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8757 D.setInvalidType(); 8758 } 8759 8760 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8761 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8762 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8763 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8764 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8765 : FixItHint()); 8766 D.setInvalidType(); 8767 } 8768 8769 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8770 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 8771 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8772 } 8773 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 8774 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8775 8776 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 8777 // types. 8778 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 8779 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 8780 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 8781 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 8782 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 8783 D.setInvalidType(); 8784 } 8785 } 8786 } 8787 } 8788 8789 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8790 8791 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8792 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8793 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8794 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8795 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8796 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8797 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8798 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8799 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8800 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8801 AddToScope = false; 8802 } 8803 8804 return NewFD; 8805 } 8806 8807 /// \brief Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 8808 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 8809 /// 8810 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 8811 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 8812 /// same declaration name. 8813 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 8814 /// belongs to. 8815 /// 8816 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 8817 // Any declarations should be put into redeclaration chains except for 8818 // friend declaration in a dependent context that names a function in 8819 // namespace scope. 8820 // 8821 // This allows to compile code like: 8822 // 8823 // void func(); 8824 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() { } }; 8825 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() { } }; 8826 // 8827 // This code snippet is a valid code unless both templates are instantiated. 8828 return !(D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8829 D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() && 8830 D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None); 8831 } 8832 8833 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8834 /// 8835 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8836 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8837 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8838 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8839 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8840 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8841 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8842 /// 8843 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8844 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8845 /// 8846 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8847 /// 8848 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8849 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8850 LookupResult &Previous, 8851 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8852 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8853 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8854 8855 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8856 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8857 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8858 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8859 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8860 8861 bool Redeclaration = false; 8862 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8863 8864 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8865 // the same name, if appropriate. 8866 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8867 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8868 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8869 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8870 // function to the scope. 8871 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8872 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8873 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8874 Redeclaration = true; 8875 OldDecl = Candidate; 8876 } 8877 } else { 8878 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8879 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8880 case Ovl_Match: 8881 Redeclaration = true; 8882 break; 8883 8884 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8885 Redeclaration = true; 8886 break; 8887 8888 case Ovl_Overload: 8889 Redeclaration = false; 8890 break; 8891 } 8892 8893 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8894 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8895 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8896 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8897 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8898 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8899 if (Redeclaration) 8900 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8901 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8902 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8903 if (OverloadedDecl) 8904 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8905 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8906 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8907 } 8908 } 8909 } 8910 8911 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8912 if (!Redeclaration && 8913 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8914 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8915 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8916 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8917 Redeclaration = true; 8918 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8919 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8920 8921 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8922 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8923 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8924 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8925 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8926 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8927 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8928 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8929 } 8930 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8931 Redeclaration = false; 8932 OldDecl = nullptr; 8933 } 8934 } 8935 } 8936 } 8937 8938 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8939 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8940 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8941 // 8942 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8943 // definition of a static member function. 8944 // 8945 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8946 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8947 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8948 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8949 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8950 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8951 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8952 if (OldDecl) 8953 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8954 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8955 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8956 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8957 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8958 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8959 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8960 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8961 8962 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8963 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8964 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8965 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8966 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8967 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8968 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8969 8970 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8971 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8972 } 8973 } 8974 } 8975 8976 if (Redeclaration) { 8977 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8978 // merged. 8979 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8980 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8981 return Redeclaration; 8982 } 8983 8984 Previous.clear(); 8985 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8986 8987 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8988 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8989 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8990 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8991 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8992 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8993 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8994 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8995 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8996 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8997 } 8998 8999 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 9000 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 9001 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 9002 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 9003 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 9004 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 9005 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 9006 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 9007 if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) { 9008 FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl = 9009 OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9010 assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl); 9011 OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 9012 } 9013 } 9014 9015 } else { 9016 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 9017 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 9018 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 9019 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 9020 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 9021 } 9022 } 9023 } 9024 9025 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 9026 9027 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9028 // C++-specific checks. 9029 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9030 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 9031 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 9032 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9033 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 9034 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 9035 9036 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 9037 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 9038 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 9039 DeclarationName Name 9040 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 9041 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 9042 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 9043 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 9044 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9045 return Redeclaration; 9046 } 9047 } 9048 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 9049 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 9050 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 9051 } 9052 9053 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 9054 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9055 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 9056 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 9057 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 9058 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 9059 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 9060 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9061 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 9062 } 9063 } 9064 } 9065 9066 if (Method->isStatic()) 9067 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 9068 } 9069 9070 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 9071 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 9072 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9073 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9074 return Redeclaration; 9075 } 9076 9077 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 9078 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 9079 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9080 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9081 return Redeclaration; 9082 } 9083 9084 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 9085 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 9086 // during delayed parsing anyway. 9087 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 9088 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 9089 9090 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 9091 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 9092 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 9093 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 9094 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 9095 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 9096 // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception 9097 // specification, that's OK. 9098 // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to 9099 // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type. 9100 if (!T.isNull() && 9101 !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T, 9102 NewFD->getType())) 9103 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 9104 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 9105 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 9106 } 9107 9108 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 9109 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 9110 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 9111 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 9112 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 9113 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 9114 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 9115 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 9116 << NewFD << R; 9117 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 9118 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9119 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 9120 } 9121 9122 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: 9123 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification 9124 // [is] part of the function type 9125 // 9126 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose 9127 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or 9128 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in 9129 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other 9130 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) 9131 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { 9132 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { 9133 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function 9134 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very 9135 // restricted prior to C++17. 9136 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 9137 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 9138 else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) 9139 T = T->getPointeeType(); 9140 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 9141 T = MPT->getPointeeType(); 9142 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9143 if (FPT->isNothrow(Context)) 9144 return true; 9145 return false; 9146 }; 9147 9148 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9149 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); 9150 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) 9151 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); 9152 if (AnyNoexcept) 9153 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9154 diag::warn_cxx1z_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) 9155 << NewFD; 9156 } 9157 9158 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) 9159 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); 9160 } 9161 return Redeclaration; 9162 } 9163 9164 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 9165 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 9166 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 9167 // constexpr is ill-formed. 9168 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 9169 // appear in a declaration of main. 9170 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 9171 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 9172 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9173 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 9174 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 9175 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9176 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 9177 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 9178 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 9179 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 9180 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 9181 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 9182 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 9183 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 9184 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 9185 } 9186 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 9187 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 9188 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 9189 FD->setConstexpr(false); 9190 } 9191 9192 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 9193 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 9194 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 9195 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9196 return; 9197 } 9198 9199 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9200 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9201 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9202 9203 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9204 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 9205 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 9206 // implicit-return-zero rule. 9207 9208 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 9209 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9210 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9211 else { 9212 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 9213 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9214 if (RTRange.isValid()) 9215 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 9216 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 9217 } 9218 } else { 9219 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 9220 // set the flag which tells us that. 9221 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 9222 9223 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 9224 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9225 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9226 else { 9227 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 9228 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9229 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 9230 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 9231 : FixItHint()); 9232 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9233 } 9234 } 9235 9236 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 9237 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 9238 9239 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 9240 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 9241 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 9242 9243 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 9244 9245 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 9246 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 9247 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 9248 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 9249 } 9250 9251 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 9252 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 9253 // getting shifty. 9254 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 9255 HasExtraParameters = false; 9256 9257 if (HasExtraParameters) { 9258 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 9259 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9260 nparams = 3; 9261 } 9262 9263 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 9264 // if we had some location information about types. 9265 9266 QualType CharPP = 9267 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 9268 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 9269 9270 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 9271 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 9272 9273 bool mismatch = true; 9274 9275 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 9276 mismatch = false; 9277 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 9278 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 9279 // char const ** 9280 // char const * const * 9281 // char * const * 9282 9283 QualifierCollector qs; 9284 const PointerType* PT; 9285 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9286 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9287 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 9288 Context.CharTy)) { 9289 qs.removeConst(); 9290 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 9291 } 9292 } 9293 9294 if (mismatch) { 9295 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 9296 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 9297 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9298 } 9299 } 9300 9301 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9302 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 9303 } 9304 9305 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9306 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9307 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9308 } 9309 } 9310 9311 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9312 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9313 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9314 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9315 9316 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 9317 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 9318 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 9319 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 9320 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 9321 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 9322 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 9323 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9324 9325 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9326 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9327 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9328 } 9329 } 9330 9331 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 9332 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 9333 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 9334 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 9335 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 9336 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 9337 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 9338 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 9339 // rules there don't matter.) 9340 const Expr *Culprit; 9341 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9342 return false; 9343 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 9344 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9345 return true; 9346 } 9347 9348 namespace { 9349 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 9350 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 9351 class SelfReferenceChecker 9352 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 9353 Sema &S; 9354 Decl *OrigDecl; 9355 bool isRecordType; 9356 bool isPODType; 9357 bool isReferenceType; 9358 9359 bool isInitList; 9360 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 9361 9362 public: 9363 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 9364 9365 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 9366 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 9367 isPODType = false; 9368 isRecordType = false; 9369 isReferenceType = false; 9370 isInitList = false; 9371 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 9372 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 9373 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 9374 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 9375 } 9376 } 9377 9378 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 9379 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 9380 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 9381 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 9382 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 9383 if (!InitList) { 9384 Visit(E); 9385 return; 9386 } 9387 9388 // Track and increment the index here. 9389 isInitList = true; 9390 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 9391 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 9392 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 9393 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 9394 } 9395 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 9396 } 9397 9398 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 9399 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 9400 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 9401 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 9402 Expr *Base = E; 9403 bool ReferenceField = false; 9404 9405 // Get the field memebers used. 9406 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9407 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 9408 if (!FD) 9409 return false; 9410 Fields.push_back(FD); 9411 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 9412 ReferenceField = true; 9413 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9414 } 9415 9416 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 9417 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 9418 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 9419 return false; 9420 9421 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 9422 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 9423 return true; 9424 9425 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 9426 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 9427 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 9428 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 9429 9430 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 9431 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 9432 // initialized, then the use is safe. 9433 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 9434 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 9435 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 9436 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 9437 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 9438 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 9439 return true; 9440 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 9441 break; 9442 } 9443 9444 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 9445 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9446 return true; 9447 } 9448 9449 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 9450 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 9451 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9452 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9453 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9454 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9455 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9456 return; 9457 } 9458 9459 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9460 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9461 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9462 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9463 return; 9464 } 9465 9466 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9467 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9468 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9469 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9470 return; 9471 } 9472 9473 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9474 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9475 return; 9476 } 9477 9478 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9479 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9480 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9481 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9482 return; 9483 } 9484 } 9485 9486 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9487 if (isInitList) { 9488 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9489 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9490 return; 9491 } 9492 9493 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9494 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9495 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9496 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9497 return; 9498 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9499 } 9500 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9501 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9502 return; 9503 } 9504 9505 Visit(E); 9506 } 9507 9508 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9509 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9510 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9511 if (isReferenceType) 9512 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9513 } 9514 9515 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9516 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9517 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9518 return; 9519 } 9520 9521 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9522 } 9523 9524 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9525 if (isInitList) { 9526 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9527 return; 9528 } 9529 9530 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9531 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9532 9533 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9534 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9535 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9536 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9537 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9538 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9539 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9540 Warn = false; 9541 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9542 } 9543 9544 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9545 if (Warn) 9546 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9547 return; 9548 } 9549 9550 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9551 // Visit that expression. 9552 Visit(Base); 9553 } 9554 9555 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9556 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9557 9558 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9559 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9560 9561 Visit(Callee); 9562 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9563 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9564 } 9565 9566 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9567 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9568 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9569 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9570 if (!isPODType) 9571 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9572 return; 9573 } 9574 9575 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9576 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9577 return; 9578 } 9579 9580 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9581 } 9582 9583 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9584 9585 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9586 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9587 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9588 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9589 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9590 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9591 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9592 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9593 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9594 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9595 return; 9596 } 9597 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9598 } 9599 9600 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9601 // Treat std::move as a use. 9602 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9603 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9604 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9605 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9606 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9607 return; 9608 } 9609 } 9610 } 9611 9612 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9613 } 9614 9615 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9616 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9617 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9618 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9619 return; 9620 } 9621 9622 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9623 } 9624 9625 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9626 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9627 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9628 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9629 Visit(E->getCond()); 9630 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9631 } 9632 9633 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9634 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9635 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9636 unsigned diag; 9637 if (isReferenceType) { 9638 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9639 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9640 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9641 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9642 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9643 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9644 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9645 } else { 9646 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9647 return; 9648 } 9649 9650 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9651 S.PDiag(diag) 9652 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9653 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9654 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9655 } 9656 }; 9657 9658 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9659 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9660 bool DirectInit) { 9661 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9662 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9663 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9664 return; 9665 9666 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9667 9668 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9669 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9670 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9671 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9672 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9673 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9674 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9675 return; 9676 9677 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9678 } 9679 } // end anonymous namespace 9680 9681 namespace { 9682 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is 9683 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. 9684 struct VarDeclOrName { 9685 VarDecl *VDecl; 9686 DeclarationName Name; 9687 9688 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & 9689 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { 9690 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; 9691 } 9692 }; 9693 } // end anonymous namespace 9694 9695 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9696 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9697 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9698 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9699 Expr *Init) { 9700 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9701 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9702 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9703 9704 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; 9705 9706 ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init; 9707 if (DirectInit) { 9708 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9709 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9710 else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9711 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9712 } 9713 9714 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9715 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9716 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9717 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9718 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9719 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9720 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9721 << VN << Type << Range; 9722 return QualType(); 9723 } 9724 9725 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9726 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9727 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9728 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9729 << VN << Type << Range; 9730 return QualType(); 9731 } 9732 9733 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9734 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9735 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9736 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9737 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9738 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; 9739 return QualType(); 9740 } 9741 9742 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9743 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9744 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9745 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9746 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9747 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9748 return QualType(); 9749 } 9750 Init = Result.get(); 9751 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9752 } 9753 9754 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: 9755 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier 9756 // is present, e has type cv A 9757 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && 9758 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && 9759 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) 9760 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), 9761 Type.getQualifiers()); 9762 9763 QualType DeducedType; 9764 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9765 if (!IsInitCapture) 9766 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9767 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9768 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9769 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9770 << VN 9771 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9772 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9773 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9774 else 9775 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9776 << VN << TSI->getType() 9777 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9778 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9779 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9780 } 9781 9782 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9783 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9784 // checks. 9785 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9786 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9787 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId && 9788 !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9789 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9790 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; 9791 } 9792 9793 return DeducedType; 9794 } 9795 9796 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9797 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9798 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 9799 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 9800 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 9801 // the initializer. 9802 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9803 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 9804 return; 9805 } 9806 9807 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9808 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 9809 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 9810 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 9811 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 9812 return; 9813 } 9814 9815 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9816 if (!VDecl) { 9817 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9818 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9819 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9820 return; 9821 } 9822 9823 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9824 if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9825 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9826 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 9827 // TypoExpr. 9828 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9829 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9830 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9831 return; 9832 } 9833 Init = Res.get(); 9834 9835 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9836 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), 9837 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9838 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9839 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9840 return; 9841 } 9842 9843 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9844 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9845 9846 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9847 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9848 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9849 9850 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9851 // the previously declared type. 9852 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9853 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9854 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9855 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9856 } 9857 9858 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9859 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9860 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9861 return; 9862 } 9863 9864 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9865 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9866 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9867 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9868 return; 9869 } 9870 9871 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9872 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9873 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9874 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9875 return; 9876 } 9877 9878 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9879 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9880 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9881 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9882 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9883 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9884 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9885 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9886 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9887 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9888 return; 9889 } 9890 9891 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9892 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9893 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9894 AbstractVariableType)) 9895 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9896 } 9897 9898 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 9899 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 9900 // handle the situation. 9901 VarDecl *Def; 9902 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && 9903 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 9904 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 9905 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 9906 return; 9907 9908 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9909 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9910 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9911 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9912 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9913 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9914 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9915 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9916 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9917 // 9918 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9919 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9920 // declaration with an initializer. 9921 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9922 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9923 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9924 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9925 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9926 << 0; 9927 return; 9928 } 9929 9930 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9931 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9932 9933 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9934 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9935 return; 9936 } 9937 } 9938 9939 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9940 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9941 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 9942 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9943 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9944 return; 9945 } 9946 9947 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9948 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9949 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9950 9951 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9952 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9953 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9954 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9955 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9956 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9957 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9958 return; 9959 } 9960 Init = Result.get(); 9961 } 9962 9963 // Perform the initialization. 9964 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 9965 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9966 // Handle errors like: int a({0}) 9967 if (CXXDirectInit && CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 1 && 9968 !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(VDecl->getType())) 9969 if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0))) { 9970 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens) 9971 << VDecl->getType() << CXXDirectInit->getSourceRange() 9972 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart()) 9973 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CXXDirectInit->getLocEnd()); 9974 Init = IList; 9975 CXXDirectInit = nullptr; 9976 } 9977 9978 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9979 InitializationKind Kind = 9980 DirectInit 9981 ? CXXDirectInit 9982 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9983 Init->getLocStart(), 9984 Init->getLocEnd()) 9985 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation()) 9986 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9987 Init->getLocStart()); 9988 9989 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9990 if (CXXDirectInit) 9991 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9992 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9993 9994 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9995 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9996 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9997 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9998 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9999 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 10000 }); 10001 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 10002 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10003 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 10004 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 10005 } 10006 } 10007 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10008 return; 10009 10010 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 10011 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 10012 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 10013 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 10014 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10015 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10016 return; 10017 } 10018 10019 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 10020 } 10021 10022 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 10023 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 10024 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 10025 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 10026 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 10027 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 10028 } 10029 10030 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 10031 // completed by the initializer. For example: 10032 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 10033 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 10034 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 10035 VDecl->setType(DclT); 10036 10037 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10038 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 10039 10040 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 10041 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 10042 10043 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 10044 // Although this code can still have problems: 10045 // id x = self.weakProp; 10046 // id y = self.weakProp; 10047 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 10048 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 10049 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 10050 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 10051 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 10052 Init->getLocStart())) 10053 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 10054 } 10055 10056 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 10057 // 10058 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 10059 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 10060 // full-expression. For instance, in: 10061 // 10062 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 10063 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 10064 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 10065 // 10066 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 10067 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 10068 false, 10069 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 10070 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10071 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10072 return; 10073 } 10074 Init = Result.get(); 10075 10076 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 10077 VDecl->setInit(Init); 10078 10079 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 10080 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 10081 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 10082 // C++ does not have this restriction. 10083 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10084 const Expr *Culprit; 10085 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 10086 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10087 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 10088 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 10089 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 10090 // constant expressions. 10091 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 10092 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 10093 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 10094 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 10095 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 10096 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10097 } 10098 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 10099 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 10100 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 10101 // 10102 // struct S { 10103 // static const int value = 17; 10104 // }; 10105 10106 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 10107 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 10108 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 10109 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 10110 // 10111 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 10112 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 10113 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10114 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 10115 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 10116 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 10117 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 10118 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 10119 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 10120 10121 // Do nothing on dependent types. 10122 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 10123 10124 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 10125 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 10126 // type. 10127 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 10128 10129 // Require constness. 10130 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 10131 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 10132 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10133 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10134 10135 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 10136 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10137 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 10138 SourceLocation Loc; 10139 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 10140 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 10141 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 10142 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 10143 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 10144 ; // Nothing to check. 10145 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 10146 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 10147 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10148 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 10149 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 10150 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10151 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10152 } else { 10153 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 10154 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 10155 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10156 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10157 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10158 } 10159 10160 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 10161 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 10162 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 10163 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 10164 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 10165 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 10166 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10167 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10168 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 10169 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10170 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10171 } else { 10172 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 10173 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10174 10175 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10176 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10177 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10178 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10179 } 10180 } 10181 10182 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 10183 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 10184 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 10185 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 10186 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10187 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 10188 10189 } else { 10190 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 10191 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10192 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10193 } 10194 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 10195 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 10196 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 10197 // defintion. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 10198 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 10199 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 10200 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 10201 // C++ rules. 10202 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 10203 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 10204 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 10205 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 10206 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 10207 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 10208 10209 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 10210 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10211 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10212 } 10213 10214 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 10215 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 10216 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 10217 // 10218 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 10219 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 10220 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 10221 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 10222 // special case code. 10223 10224 // C++ 8.5p11: 10225 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 10226 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 10227 // class type. 10228 if (CXXDirectInit) { 10229 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 10230 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10231 } else if (DirectInit) { 10232 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 10233 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 10234 } 10235 10236 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 10237 } 10238 10239 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 10240 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 10241 /// of sanity. 10242 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 10243 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 10244 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 10245 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10246 10247 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10248 if (!VD) return; 10249 10250 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10251 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 10252 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 10253 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 10254 10255 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10256 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 10257 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10258 return; 10259 } 10260 10261 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 10262 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 10263 10264 // Require a complete type. 10265 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 10266 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 10267 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10268 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10269 return; 10270 } 10271 10272 // Require a non-abstract type. 10273 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 10274 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10275 AbstractVariableType)) { 10276 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10277 return; 10278 } 10279 10280 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 10281 // though. 10282 } 10283 10284 /// Checks if an object of the given type can be initialized with parenthesized 10285 /// init-list. 10286 /// 10287 /// \param TargetType Type of object being initialized. 10288 /// 10289 /// The function is used to detect wrong initializations, such as 'int({0})'. 10290 /// 10291 bool Sema::canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(QualType TargetType) { 10292 return TargetType->isDependentType() || TargetType->isRecordType() || 10293 TargetType->getContainedAutoType(); 10294 } 10295 10296 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) { 10297 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 10298 if (!RealDecl) 10299 return; 10300 10301 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10302 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 10303 10304 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 10305 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10306 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 10307 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10308 return; 10309 } 10310 10311 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 10312 if (Type->isUndeducedType()) { 10313 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 10314 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 10315 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10316 return; 10317 } 10318 10319 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 10320 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 10321 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 10322 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 10323 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 10324 // member. 10325 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10326 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 10327 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 10328 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 10329 // a definition there. 10330 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) { 10331 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10332 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 10333 << Var->getDeclName(); 10334 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10335 return; 10336 } 10337 } else { 10338 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 10339 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10340 return; 10341 } 10342 } 10343 10344 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 10345 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 10346 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 10347 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 10348 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 10349 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 10350 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10351 return; 10352 } 10353 } 10354 10355 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 10356 // be initialized. 10357 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10358 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 10359 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 10360 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 10361 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10362 return; 10363 } 10364 10365 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10366 case VarDecl::Definition: 10367 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 10368 break; 10369 10370 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 10371 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 10372 // a declaration. 10373 // 10374 // Fall through 10375 10376 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 10377 // It's only a declaration. 10378 10379 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 10380 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 10381 // object shall be complete. 10382 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 10383 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10384 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10385 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 10386 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10387 10388 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 10389 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10390 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10391 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10392 AbstractVariableType)) 10393 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10394 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10395 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 10396 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 10397 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 10398 } 10399 10400 return; 10401 10402 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 10403 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 10404 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 10405 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 10406 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 10407 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 10408 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 10409 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 10410 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 10411 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10412 ArrayT->getElementType(), 10413 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 10414 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10415 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10416 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 10417 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 10418 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 10419 // NOTE: code such as the following 10420 // static struct s; 10421 // struct s { int a; }; 10422 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 10423 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 10424 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 10425 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 10426 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10427 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 10428 } 10429 } 10430 10431 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 10432 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10433 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 10434 return; 10435 } 10436 10437 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10438 // definitions with incomplete array type. 10439 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 10440 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10441 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 10442 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10443 return; 10444 } 10445 10446 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10447 // definitions with reference type. 10448 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 10449 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 10450 << Var->getDeclName() 10451 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 10452 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10453 return; 10454 } 10455 10456 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 10457 // variable with dependent type. 10458 if (Type->isDependentType()) 10459 return; 10460 10461 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10462 return; 10463 10464 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 10465 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10466 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 10467 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10468 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10469 return; 10470 } 10471 } else { 10472 return; 10473 } 10474 10475 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10476 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10477 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10478 AbstractVariableType)) { 10479 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10480 return; 10481 } 10482 10483 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 10484 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 10485 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 10486 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 10487 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 10488 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 10489 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 10490 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 10491 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 10492 // types and is declared without an initializer. 10493 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10494 if (const RecordType *Record 10495 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10496 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 10497 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 10498 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 10499 // incompatibilities with C++98. 10500 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 10501 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10502 } 10503 } 10504 10505 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 10506 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 10507 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 10508 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 10509 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 10510 // type shall have a user-declared default 10511 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 10512 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 10513 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 10514 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 10515 // program is ill-formed. 10516 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 10517 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 10518 // default-initialized; [...]. 10519 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 10520 InitializationKind Kind 10521 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 10522 10523 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10524 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10525 if (Init.isInvalid()) 10526 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10527 else if (Init.get()) { 10528 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 10529 // This is important for template substitution. 10530 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10531 } 10532 10533 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 10534 } 10535 } 10536 10537 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 10538 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 10539 if (!D) 10540 return; 10541 10542 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10543 if (!VD) { 10544 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 10545 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10546 return; 10547 } 10548 10549 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10550 10551 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 10552 int Error = -1; 10553 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10554 case SC_None: 10555 break; 10556 case SC_Extern: 10557 Error = 0; 10558 break; 10559 case SC_Static: 10560 Error = 1; 10561 break; 10562 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10563 Error = 2; 10564 break; 10565 case SC_Auto: 10566 Error = 3; 10567 break; 10568 case SC_Register: 10569 Error = 4; 10570 break; 10571 } 10572 if (Error != -1) { 10573 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10574 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10575 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10576 } 10577 } 10578 10579 StmtResult 10580 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10581 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10582 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10583 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10584 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10585 // A range-based for statement of the form 10586 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10587 // is equivalent to 10588 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10589 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10590 10591 const char *PrevSpec; 10592 unsigned DiagID; 10593 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10594 getPrintingPolicy()); 10595 10596 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10597 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10598 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10599 10600 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10601 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10602 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10603 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10604 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10605 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 10606 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 10607 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 10608 } 10609 10610 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 10611 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10612 10613 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10614 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 10615 // initialiser 10616 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 10617 !var->hasInit()) { 10618 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 10619 << 1 /*Init*/; 10620 var->setInvalidDecl(); 10621 return; 10622 } 10623 } 10624 10625 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 10626 // local retaining variable. 10627 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10628 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10629 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 10630 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 10631 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 10632 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 10633 break; 10634 10635 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 10636 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 10637 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10638 break; 10639 } 10640 } 10641 10642 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 10643 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 10644 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 10645 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 10646 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 10647 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10648 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 10649 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 10650 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 10651 var->getLocation())) { 10652 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 10653 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 10654 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 10655 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 10656 10657 if (!prev) 10658 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 10659 } 10660 10661 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 10662 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 10663 const Expr *CacheCulprit; 10664 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 10665 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 10666 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10667 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 10668 return *CacheHasConstInit; 10669 }; 10670 10671 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 10672 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 10673 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 10674 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 10675 // have a non-trivial destructor. 10676 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 10677 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10678 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10679 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 10680 if (!checkConstInit()) { 10681 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 10682 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 10683 // initialization. 10684 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 10685 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 10686 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 10687 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10688 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10689 } 10690 } 10691 } 10692 10693 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 10694 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 10695 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10696 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10697 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 10698 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 10699 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 10700 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 10701 else if (!var->getInit()) { 10702 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 10703 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10704 } else { 10705 Stack = &DataSegStack; 10706 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10707 } 10708 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10709 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10710 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10711 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10712 } 10713 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10714 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10715 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10716 10717 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10718 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10719 // attribute. 10720 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10721 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10722 CurInitSegLoc)); 10723 } 10724 10725 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10726 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10727 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 10728 // current module. 10729 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 10730 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 10731 return; 10732 } 10733 10734 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 10735 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 10736 10737 QualType type = var->getType(); 10738 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10739 10740 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10741 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10742 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10743 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10744 10745 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10746 // constructing this copy. 10747 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10748 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 10749 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10750 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10751 ExprResult result 10752 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10753 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10754 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10755 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10756 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10757 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10758 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10759 } 10760 } 10761 } 10762 10763 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10764 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10765 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10766 10767 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10768 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10769 10770 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10771 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10772 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10773 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10774 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10775 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10776 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10777 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10778 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10779 Notes.clear(); 10780 } 10781 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10782 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10783 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10784 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10785 } 10786 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10787 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10788 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10789 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10790 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10791 } 10792 10793 // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they 10794 // were just diagnosed. 10795 if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && 10796 var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) { 10797 // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. 10798 bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 10799 ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); 10800 if (DiagErr) { 10801 auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>(); 10802 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 10803 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10804 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 10805 << attr->getRange(); 10806 } 10807 } 10808 else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && 10809 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10810 var->getLocation())) { 10811 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10812 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10813 // warned about them. 10814 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10815 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 10816 if (!checkConstInit()) 10817 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10818 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10819 } 10820 } 10821 } 10822 10823 // Require the destructor. 10824 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10825 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10826 10827 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 10828 // module. 10829 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 10830 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 10831 } 10832 10833 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10834 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10835 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10836 return true; 10837 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10838 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10839 return true; 10840 return false; 10841 } 10842 10843 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10844 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10845 void 10846 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10847 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10848 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10849 10850 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10851 if (!VD) 10852 return; 10853 10854 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 10855 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 10856 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 10857 } 10858 } 10859 10860 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10861 10862 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10863 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10864 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10865 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10866 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10867 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10868 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 10869 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 10870 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 10871 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 10872 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 10873 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 10874 } 10875 } 10876 } 10877 10878 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 10879 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 10880 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 10881 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 10882 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 10883 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 10884 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 10885 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 10886 } 10887 // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 10888 // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with 10889 // static storage class. 10890 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() && 10891 CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), 10892 diag::err_device_static_local_var) 10893 << CurrentCUDATarget()) 10894 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10895 } 10896 } 10897 10898 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 10899 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 10900 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 10901 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 10902 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 10903 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 10904 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 10905 if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage()) { 10906 if (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 10907 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) { 10908 assert(!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()); 10909 bool AllowedInit = false; 10910 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 10911 AllowedInit = 10912 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 10913 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 10914 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 10915 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 10916 if (!AllowedInit && 10917 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 10918 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10919 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 10920 10921 // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty. 10922 if (AllowedInit) 10923 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 10924 AllowedInit = 10925 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor()); 10926 10927 if (!AllowedInit) { 10928 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 10929 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 10930 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 10931 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10932 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10933 } 10934 } else { 10935 // This is a host-side global variable. Check that the initializer is 10936 // callable from the host side. 10937 const FunctionDecl *InitFn = nullptr; 10938 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) { 10939 InitFn = CE->getConstructor(); 10940 } else if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Init)) { 10941 InitFn = CE->getDirectCallee(); 10942 } 10943 if (InitFn) { 10944 CUDAFunctionTarget InitFnTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(InitFn); 10945 if (InitFnTarget != CFT_Host && InitFnTarget != CFT_HostDevice) { 10946 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_bad_target_global_initializer) 10947 << InitFnTarget << InitFn; 10948 Diag(InitFn->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << InitFn; 10949 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10950 } 10951 } 10952 } 10953 } 10954 } 10955 10956 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 10957 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 10958 10959 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 10960 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 10961 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 10962 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10963 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 10964 // with a warning. 10965 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10966 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10967 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10968 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10969 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10970 10971 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10972 IsClassTemplateMember 10973 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10974 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10975 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10976 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10977 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10978 } 10979 } 10980 10981 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10982 // isn't exported with the variable. 10983 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10984 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10985 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10986 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10987 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10988 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10989 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10990 } else { 10991 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10992 << DLLAttr; 10993 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10994 } 10995 } 10996 10997 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10998 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10999 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 11000 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 11001 } 11002 } 11003 11004 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 11005 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 11006 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 11007 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 11008 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 11009 11010 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 11011 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 11012 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 11013 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 11014 11015 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 11016 // tag values. 11017 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 11018 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 11019 return; 11020 11021 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 11022 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 11023 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 11024 continue; 11025 } 11026 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 11027 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 11028 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11029 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 11030 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11031 continue; 11032 } 11033 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 11034 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11035 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 11036 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11037 continue; 11038 } 11039 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 11040 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 11041 MagicValue, 11042 I->getMatchingCType(), 11043 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 11044 I->getMustBeNull()); 11045 } 11046 } 11047 11048 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 11049 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11050 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 11051 11052 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 11053 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 11054 11055 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11056 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11057 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 11058 11059 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11060 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 11061 auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D); 11062 if (DD && !FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 11063 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 11064 11065 auto *Decomp = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 11066 if (Decomp && !FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 11067 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = Decomp; 11068 11069 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 11070 // declaration in the same group. 11071 auto *OtherDD = FirstDeclaratorInGroup; 11072 if (OtherDD == FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 11073 OtherDD = DD; 11074 if (OtherDD && FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && 11075 OtherDD != FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && 11076 !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 11077 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 11078 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 11079 << OtherDD->getSourceRange(); 11080 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 11081 } 11082 11083 Decls.push_back(D); 11084 } 11085 } 11086 11087 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 11088 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 11089 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 11090 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 11091 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11092 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 11093 } 11094 } 11095 11096 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls); 11097 } 11098 11099 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 11100 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 11101 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 11102 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11103 // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347) 11104 // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each 11105 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 11106 if (Group.size() > 1) { 11107 QualType Deduced; 11108 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 11109 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 11110 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11111 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 11112 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 11113 // FIXME: DR1265: if we have a function pointer declaration, we can have 11114 // an 'auto' from a trailing return type. In that case, the return type 11115 // must match the various other uses of 'auto'. 11116 if (!AT) 11117 continue; 11118 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 11119 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 11120 break; 11121 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 11122 if (!U.isNull()) { 11123 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 11124 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 11125 Deduced = U; 11126 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 11127 DeducedDecl = D; 11128 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 11129 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 11130 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 11131 << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() 11132 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 11133 << U << D->getDeclName() 11134 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 11135 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 11136 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11137 break; 11138 } 11139 } 11140 } 11141 } 11142 } 11143 11144 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 11145 11146 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 11147 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 11148 } 11149 11150 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 11151 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 11152 } 11153 11154 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11155 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 11156 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 11157 return; 11158 11159 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 11160 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 11161 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 11162 Group[0]->getLocation())) 11163 return; 11164 11165 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 11166 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 11167 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 11168 // additional declaration references: 11169 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 11170 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 11171 // 'struct S *pS;' 11172 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 11173 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 11174 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 11175 Group = Group.slice(1); 11176 } 11177 } 11178 11179 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 11180 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 11181 if (!Comments.empty() && 11182 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 11183 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 11184 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 11185 // 11186 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 11187 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 11188 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 11189 // ahead through comments. 11190 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 11191 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 11192 } 11193 } 11194 11195 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 11196 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 11197 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 11198 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 11199 11200 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 11201 11202 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 11203 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 11204 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 11205 SC = SC_Register; 11206 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11207 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 11208 SC = SC_Auto; 11209 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 11210 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11211 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 11212 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 11213 } 11214 11215 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11216 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 11217 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11218 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 11219 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 11220 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 11221 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 11222 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 11223 << 0; 11224 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 11225 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 11226 11227 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 11228 11229 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11230 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 11231 11232 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11233 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 11234 // parameter. 11235 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11236 11237 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 11238 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 11239 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 11240 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 11241 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 11242 } 11243 } 11244 11245 // Ensure we have a valid name 11246 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 11247 if (D.hasName()) { 11248 II = D.getIdentifier(); 11249 if (!II) { 11250 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 11251 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 11252 D.setInvalidType(true); 11253 } 11254 } 11255 11256 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 11257 if (II) { 11258 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 11259 ForRedeclaration); 11260 LookupName(R, S); 11261 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 11262 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 11263 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11264 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11265 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11266 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11267 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11268 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11269 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 11270 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11271 11272 // Recover by removing the name 11273 II = nullptr; 11274 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 11275 D.setInvalidType(true); 11276 } 11277 } 11278 } 11279 11280 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 11281 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 11282 // looking like class members in C++. 11283 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11284 D.getLocStart(), 11285 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 11286 parmDeclType, TInfo, 11287 SC); 11288 11289 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11290 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11291 11292 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 11293 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 11294 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 11295 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 11296 11297 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 11298 S->AddDecl(New); 11299 if (II) 11300 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 11301 11302 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 11303 11304 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11305 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11306 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 11307 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11308 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11309 11310 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11311 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 11312 } 11313 return New; 11314 } 11315 11316 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 11317 /// typedef. 11318 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 11319 SourceLocation Loc, 11320 QualType T) { 11321 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 11322 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 11323 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 11324 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 11325 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 11326 SC_None, nullptr); 11327 Param->setImplicit(); 11328 return Param; 11329 } 11330 11331 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 11332 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 11333 // will already have done so in the template itself. 11334 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 11335 return; 11336 11337 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11338 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 11339 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 11340 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 11341 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 11342 } 11343 } 11344 } 11345 11346 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 11347 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 11348 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 11349 return; 11350 11351 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11352 // threshold. 11353 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 11354 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 11355 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11356 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 11357 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 11358 } 11359 11360 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11361 // threshold. 11362 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11363 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 11364 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 11365 continue; 11366 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 11367 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11368 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 11369 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 11370 } 11371 } 11372 11373 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 11374 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 11375 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 11376 StorageClass SC) { 11377 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 11378 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 11379 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 11380 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 11381 11382 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 11383 11384 // Special cases for arrays: 11385 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 11386 // - otherwise, it's an error 11387 if (T->isArrayType()) { 11388 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 11389 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 11390 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 11391 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 11392 } 11393 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 11394 } else { 11395 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 11396 } 11397 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 11398 } 11399 11400 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 11401 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 11402 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 11403 11404 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 11405 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 11406 // the class has been completely parsed. 11407 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 11408 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11409 AbstractParamType)) 11410 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11411 11412 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 11413 // passed by reference. 11414 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 11415 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 11416 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd()); 11417 Diag(NameLoc, 11418 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 11419 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 11420 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 11421 New->setType(T); 11422 } 11423 11424 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 11425 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 11426 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 11427 // an address space. 11428 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 11429 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 11430 // to be qualified with an address space. 11431 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 11432 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 11433 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11434 } 11435 } 11436 11437 return New; 11438 } 11439 11440 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 11441 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 11442 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 11443 11444 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 11445 // for a K&R function. 11446 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 11447 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 11448 --i; 11449 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 11450 SmallString<256> Code; 11451 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 11452 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 11453 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 11454 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 11455 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 11456 11457 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 11458 // type. 11459 AttributeFactory attrs; 11460 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 11461 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 11462 unsigned DiagID; // unused 11463 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 11464 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11465 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 11466 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11467 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11468 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 11469 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11470 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 11471 } 11472 } 11473 } 11474 } 11475 11476 Decl * 11477 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 11478 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11479 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11480 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 11481 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 11482 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 11483 11484 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 11485 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 11486 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 11487 } 11488 11489 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 11490 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 11491 } 11492 11493 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 11494 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11495 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 11496 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11497 return false; 11498 11499 // Or declarations that aren't global. 11500 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 11501 return false; 11502 11503 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 11504 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 11505 return false; 11506 11507 // Don't warn about 'main'. 11508 if (FD->isMain()) 11509 return false; 11510 11511 // Don't warn about inline functions. 11512 if (FD->isInlined()) 11513 return false; 11514 11515 // Don't warn about function templates. 11516 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11517 return false; 11518 11519 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 11520 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 11521 return false; 11522 11523 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 11524 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 11525 return false; 11526 11527 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 11528 if (FD->isDeleted()) 11529 return false; 11530 11531 bool MissingPrototype = true; 11532 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 11533 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 11534 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 11535 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 11536 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11537 continue; 11538 11539 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 11540 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 11541 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 11542 break; 11543 } 11544 11545 return MissingPrototype; 11546 } 11547 11548 void 11549 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 11550 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 11551 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11552 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 11553 // was an extern inline function. 11554 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 11555 if (!Definition) 11556 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 11557 return; 11558 11559 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 11560 return; 11561 11562 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 11563 // a template, skip the new definition. 11564 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 11565 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 11566 Definition->isInlined() || 11567 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 11568 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 11569 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 11570 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11571 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 11572 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 11573 FD->getLocation()); 11574 return; 11575 } 11576 11577 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 11578 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 11579 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 11580 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 11581 else 11582 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 11583 11584 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11585 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11586 } 11587 11588 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 11589 Sema &S) { 11590 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 11591 11592 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 11593 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 11594 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 11595 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 11596 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 11597 11598 if (LCD == LCD_None) 11599 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 11600 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 11601 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 11602 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 11603 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 11604 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 11605 11606 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 11607 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 11608 11609 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 11610 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 11611 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 11612 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 11613 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 11614 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 11615 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 11616 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 11617 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 11618 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 11619 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 11620 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 11621 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 11622 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 11623 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 11624 11625 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 11626 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 11627 /*Expr*/ nullptr, 11628 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 11629 } else { 11630 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 11631 } 11632 ++I; 11633 } 11634 } 11635 11636 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 11637 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11638 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 11639 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 11640 11641 if (!D) 11642 return D; 11643 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 11644 11645 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 11646 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 11647 else 11648 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 11649 11650 // See if this is a redefinition. 11651 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 11652 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 11653 11654 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 11655 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 11656 return D; 11657 } 11658 11659 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to 11660 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing 11661 // this function. 11662 FD->setWillHaveBody(); 11663 11664 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 11665 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 11666 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 11667 // LambdaScopeInfo. 11668 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 11669 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 11670 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 11671 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 11672 // have the LSI properly restored. 11673 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 11674 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 11675 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 11676 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 11677 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 11678 } 11679 else 11680 // Enter a new function scope 11681 PushFunctionScope(); 11682 11683 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 11684 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11685 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 11686 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 11687 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 11688 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11689 } 11690 } 11691 11692 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 11693 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 11694 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 11695 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 11696 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11697 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 11698 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 11699 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11700 11701 if (FnBodyScope) 11702 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 11703 11704 // Check the validity of our function parameters 11705 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 11706 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 11707 11708 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current 11709 // scope. 11710 if (FnBodyScope) { 11711 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { 11712 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); 11713 if (!NonParmDecl) 11714 continue; 11715 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && 11716 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet"); 11717 11718 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. 11719 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) 11720 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11721 11722 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 11723 // accessible in this scope. 11724 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { 11725 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 11726 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11727 } 11728 } 11729 } 11730 11731 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 11732 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 11733 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 11734 11735 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11736 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 11737 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 11738 11739 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 11740 } 11741 } 11742 11743 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 11744 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 11745 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 11746 11747 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 11748 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 11749 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 11750 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 11751 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 11752 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11753 return D; 11754 } 11755 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 11756 // a function template). 11757 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 11758 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11759 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 11760 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 11761 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 11762 11763 return D; 11764 } 11765 11766 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 11767 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 11768 /// optimization. 11769 /// 11770 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 11771 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 11772 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 11773 /// use the named return value optimization. 11774 /// 11775 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 11776 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 11777 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 11778 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 11779 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 11780 11781 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 11782 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 11783 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 11784 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 11785 } 11786 } 11787 } 11788 11789 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 11790 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 11791 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 11792 return false; 11793 11794 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 11795 // return type (yet). 11796 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 11797 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 11798 // we can still delay parsing it. 11799 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 11800 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 11801 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 11802 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 11803 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 11804 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 11805 } 11806 } 11807 return false; 11808 } 11809 11810 return true; 11811 } 11812 11813 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 11814 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 11815 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 11816 // rest of the file. 11817 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 11818 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 11819 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 11820 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 11821 return false; 11822 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 11823 } 11824 11825 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 11826 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 11827 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11828 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 11829 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11830 return Decl; 11831 } 11832 11833 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 11834 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 11835 } 11836 11837 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 11838 bool IsInstantiation) { 11839 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 11840 11841 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 11842 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 11843 11844 if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 11845 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 11846 11847 if (FD) { 11848 FD->setBody(Body); 11849 11850 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 11851 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 11852 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11853 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 11854 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 11855 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 11856 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 11857 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 11858 << FD->getReturnType(); 11859 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11860 } else { 11861 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 11862 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 11863 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 11864 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 11865 } 11866 } 11867 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 11868 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 11869 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 11870 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 11871 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 11872 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 11873 11874 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 11875 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 11876 // [the deduced type is] the type void 11877 QualType RetType = 11878 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 11879 11880 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 11881 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 11882 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11883 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 11884 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 11885 } 11886 } 11887 11888 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 11889 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 11890 // is the first declaration. 11891 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 11892 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 11893 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11894 else if (FD->isInlined() && 11895 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 11896 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 11897 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11898 } 11899 11900 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 11901 // don't complain about missing return statements. 11902 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 11903 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 11904 11905 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 11906 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 11907 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 11908 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 11909 11910 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11911 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 11912 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 11913 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 11914 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 11915 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 11916 11917 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 11918 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 11919 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 11920 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 11921 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 11922 11923 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 11924 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 11925 // to deduce an implicit return type. 11926 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 11927 !FD->isDependentContext()) 11928 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11929 } 11930 11931 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 11932 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 11933 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 11934 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 11935 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 11936 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 11937 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 11938 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 11939 11940 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11941 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 11942 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 11943 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 11944 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 11945 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11946 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 11947 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 11948 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 11949 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 11950 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 11951 } 11952 } 11953 11954 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes 11955 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. 11956 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide 11957 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. 11958 // An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition 11959 // of that function specifies that the function has no parameters 11960 // (C99 6.7.5.3p14) 11961 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 && 11962 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { 11963 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 11964 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11965 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.castAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 11966 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 1; 11967 } 11968 } 11969 11970 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 11971 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 11972 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 11973 MD->isVirtual() && 11974 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 11975 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 11976 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 11977 if (FD->isInlined() && 11978 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 11979 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 11980 11981 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 11982 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 11983 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 11984 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 11985 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 11986 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11987 } else { 11988 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 11989 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11990 } 11991 } 11992 } 11993 11994 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 11995 "Function parsing confused"); 11996 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 11997 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 11998 MD->setBody(Body); 11999 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12000 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters()); 12001 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 12002 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 12003 12004 if (Body) 12005 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 12006 } 12007 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 12008 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 12009 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 12010 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 12011 } 12012 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 12013 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 12014 bool isDesignated = 12015 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 12016 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 12017 (void)isDesignated; 12018 12019 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 12020 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 12021 if (!IFace) 12022 return false; 12023 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 12024 if (!SuperD) 12025 return false; 12026 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 12027 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 12028 }; 12029 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 12030 // of NSObject. 12031 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 12032 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12033 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 12034 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 12035 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 12036 } 12037 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 12038 } 12039 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 12040 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 12041 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 12042 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12043 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 12044 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 12045 } 12046 } else { 12047 return nullptr; 12048 } 12049 12050 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 12051 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 12052 12053 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 12054 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 12055 "handled in the block above."); 12056 12057 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 12058 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 12059 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 12060 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 12061 // Verify this. 12062 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 12063 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 12064 12065 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 12066 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 12067 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 12068 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 12069 12070 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 12071 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 12072 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 12073 12074 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 12075 Destructor->getParent()); 12076 } 12077 12078 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12079 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12080 // deletion in some later function. 12081 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 12082 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 12083 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12084 } 12085 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 12086 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 12087 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 12088 // enabled. 12089 ActivePolicy = &WP; 12090 } 12091 12092 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 12093 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 12094 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 12095 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12096 12097 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 12098 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 12099 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 12100 // require prologue. 12101 bool RegisterVariables = false; 12102 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 12103 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 12104 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 12105 RegisterVariables = 12106 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 12107 if (!RegisterVariables) 12108 break; 12109 } 12110 } 12111 } 12112 if (RegisterVariables) 12113 continue; 12114 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 12115 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 12116 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 12117 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12118 break; 12119 } 12120 } 12121 } 12122 12123 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 12124 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 12125 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 12126 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 12127 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 12128 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 12129 } 12130 12131 if (!IsInstantiation) 12132 PopDeclContext(); 12133 12134 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 12135 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12136 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12137 // deletion in some later function. 12138 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 12139 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12140 } 12141 12142 return dcl; 12143 } 12144 12145 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 12146 /// relevant Decl. 12147 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 12148 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 12149 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 12150 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 12151 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 12152 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 12153 12154 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 12155 if (Method->isStatic()) 12156 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 12157 } 12158 12159 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 12160 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 12161 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 12162 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 12163 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 12164 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 12165 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 12166 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 12167 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 12168 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 12169 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12170 return ExternCPrev; 12171 } 12172 12173 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 12174 unsigned diag_id; 12175 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 12176 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 12177 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 12178 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 12179 else 12180 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 12181 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 12182 12183 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 12184 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 12185 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 12186 TypoCorrection Corrected; 12187 if (S && 12188 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 12189 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 12190 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 12191 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 12192 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 12193 } 12194 12195 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 12196 const char *Dummy; 12197 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 12198 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 12199 unsigned DiagID; 12200 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 12201 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 12202 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 12203 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 12204 SourceLocation NoLoc; 12205 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 12206 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 12207 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 12208 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12209 /*Params=*/nullptr, 12210 /*NumParams=*/0, 12211 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 12212 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12213 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 12214 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 12215 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12216 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12217 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12218 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12219 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 12220 EST_None, 12221 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 12222 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 12223 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 12224 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 12225 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 12226 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 12227 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, 12228 Loc, Loc, D), 12229 DS.getAttributes(), 12230 SourceLocation()); 12231 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 12232 12233 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 12234 12235 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 12236 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 12237 12238 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 12239 FD->setImplicit(); 12240 12241 CurContext = PrevDC; 12242 12243 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 12244 12245 return FD; 12246 } 12247 12248 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 12249 /// the declaration of this function. 12250 /// 12251 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 12252 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 12253 /// like NSLog or printf. 12254 /// 12255 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 12256 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 12257 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 12258 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 12259 return; 12260 12261 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 12262 // actual attributes. 12263 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 12264 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 12265 unsigned FormatIdx; 12266 bool HasVAListArg; 12267 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 12268 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 12269 const char *fmt = "printf"; 12270 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 12271 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 12272 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 12273 fmt = "NSString"; 12274 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12275 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 12276 FormatIdx+1, 12277 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12278 FD->getLocation())); 12279 } 12280 } 12281 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 12282 HasVAListArg)) { 12283 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12284 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12285 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 12286 FormatIdx+1, 12287 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12288 FD->getLocation())); 12289 } 12290 12291 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 12292 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 12293 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 12294 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 12295 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 12296 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12297 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12298 } 12299 12300 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 12301 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 12302 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12303 FD->getLocation())); 12304 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 12305 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12306 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 12307 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12308 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12309 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12310 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 12311 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 12312 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 12313 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 12314 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 12315 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 12316 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 12317 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12318 else 12319 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12320 } 12321 } 12322 12323 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 12324 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 12325 // across. 12326 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 12327 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 12328 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12329 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 12330 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12331 } 12332 12333 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 12334 if (!Name) 12335 return; 12336 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12337 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 12338 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 12339 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 12340 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 12341 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 12342 // about. 12343 } else 12344 return; 12345 12346 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 12347 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 12348 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 12349 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12350 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12351 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 12352 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 12353 FD->getLocation())); 12354 } 12355 12356 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 12357 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 12358 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 12359 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 12360 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 12361 FD->getLocation())); 12362 } 12363 } 12364 12365 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 12366 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 12367 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 12368 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 12369 12370 if (!TInfo) { 12371 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 12372 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 12373 } 12374 12375 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 12376 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12377 D.getLocStart(), 12378 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 12379 D.getIdentifier(), 12380 TInfo); 12381 12382 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 12383 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 12384 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 12385 return NewTD; 12386 } 12387 12388 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 12389 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12390 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 12391 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 12392 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 12393 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 12394 else 12395 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 12396 } 12397 12398 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 12399 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 12400 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 12401 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 12402 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 12403 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 12404 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 12405 case TST_enum: 12406 case TST_struct: 12407 case TST_interface: 12408 case TST_union: 12409 case TST_class: { 12410 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 12411 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 12412 break; 12413 } 12414 12415 default: 12416 break; 12417 } 12418 12419 return NewTD; 12420 } 12421 12422 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 12423 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 12424 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 12425 QualType T = TI->getType(); 12426 12427 if (T->isDependentType()) 12428 return false; 12429 12430 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 12431 if (BT->isInteger()) 12432 return false; 12433 12434 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 12435 return true; 12436 } 12437 12438 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 12439 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 12440 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 12441 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 12442 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 12443 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 12444 12445 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 12446 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 12447 << Prev->isScoped(); 12448 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12449 return true; 12450 } 12451 12452 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 12453 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 12454 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 12455 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 12456 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 12457 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 12458 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 12459 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 12460 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 12461 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 12462 return true; 12463 } 12464 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 12465 ; 12466 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 12467 ; 12468 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 12469 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 12470 << Prev->isFixed(); 12471 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12472 return true; 12473 } 12474 12475 return false; 12476 } 12477 12478 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 12479 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 12480 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 12481 /// 12482 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 12483 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 12484 switch (Tag) { 12485 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 12486 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 12487 case TTK_Class: return 2; 12488 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 12489 } 12490 } 12491 12492 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 12493 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 12494 /// 12495 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 12496 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 12497 { 12498 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 12499 } 12500 12501 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, 12502 TagTypeKind TTK) { 12503 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12504 return NTK_Typedef; 12505 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12506 return NTK_TypeAlias; 12507 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12508 return NTK_Template; 12509 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12510 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 12511 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12512 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 12513 switch (TTK) { 12514 case TTK_Struct: 12515 case TTK_Interface: 12516 case TTK_Class: 12517 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; 12518 case TTK_Union: 12519 return NTK_NonUnion; 12520 case TTK_Enum: 12521 return NTK_NonEnum; 12522 } 12523 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK"); 12524 } 12525 12526 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 12527 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 12528 /// 12529 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 12530 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 12531 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 12532 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 12533 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 12534 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 12535 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 12536 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 12537 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 12538 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 12539 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 12540 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 12541 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 12542 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 12543 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 12544 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 12545 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 12546 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 12547 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 12548 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 12549 if (OldTag == NewTag) 12550 return true; 12551 12552 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 12553 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 12554 bool isTemplate = false; 12555 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 12556 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 12557 12558 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 12559 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 12560 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 12561 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12562 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12563 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12564 return true; 12565 } 12566 12567 if (isDefinition) { 12568 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 12569 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 12570 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12571 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 12572 return true; 12573 } 12574 12575 bool previousMismatch = false; 12576 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 12577 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 12578 if (!previousMismatch) { 12579 previousMismatch = true; 12580 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 12581 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12582 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 12583 } 12584 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12585 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 12586 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 12587 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 12588 } 12589 } 12590 return true; 12591 } 12592 12593 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 12594 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 12595 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 12596 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 12597 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 12598 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 12599 return true; 12600 } 12601 12602 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12603 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12604 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12605 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12606 12607 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 12608 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12609 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12610 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 12611 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 12612 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 12613 } 12614 12615 return true; 12616 } 12617 return false; 12618 } 12619 12620 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 12621 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 12622 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 12623 /// namespace N { 12624 /// struct X; 12625 /// namespace M { 12626 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 12627 /// } 12628 /// } 12629 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 12630 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12631 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 12632 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 12633 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 12634 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 12635 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12636 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 12637 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 12638 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 12639 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 12640 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 12641 return FixItHint(); 12642 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 12643 Namespaces.push_back(II); 12644 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 12645 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 12646 if (Lookup == Namespace) 12647 break; 12648 } 12649 12650 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 12651 // build an NNS. 12652 SmallString<64> Insertion; 12653 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 12654 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 12655 OS << "::"; 12656 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 12657 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 12658 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 12659 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 12660 } 12661 12662 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 12663 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 12664 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 12665 /// using-declaration). 12666 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 12667 DeclContext *NewDC) { 12668 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 12669 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 12670 12671 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 12672 return true; 12673 12674 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 12675 // encloses the other). 12676 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 12677 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 12678 return true; 12679 12680 return false; 12681 } 12682 12683 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 12684 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 12685 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 12686 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 12687 /// 12688 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 12689 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 12690 /// 12691 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 12692 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 12693 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 12694 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 12695 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 12696 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 12697 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 12698 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12699 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 12700 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 12701 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 12702 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 12703 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12704 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 12705 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 12706 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 12707 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 12708 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 12709 12710 OwnedDecl = false; 12711 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 12712 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 12713 12714 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 12715 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 12716 bool Invalid = false; 12717 12718 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 12719 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 12720 // for non-C++ cases. 12721 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 12722 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 12723 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 12724 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 12725 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 12726 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 12727 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12728 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 12729 return nullptr; 12730 } 12731 12732 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 12733 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 12734 // be a member of another template). 12735 12736 if (Invalid) 12737 return nullptr; 12738 12739 OwnedDecl = false; 12740 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 12741 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 12742 TemplateParams, AS, 12743 ModulePrivateLoc, 12744 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 12745 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 12746 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 12747 SkipBody); 12748 return Result.get(); 12749 } else { 12750 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 12751 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 12752 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 12753 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 12754 } 12755 } 12756 } 12757 12758 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 12759 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 12760 // redeclaration. 12761 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 12762 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 12763 12764 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12765 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 12766 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 12767 // type, default to int. 12768 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12769 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 12770 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 12771 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 12772 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 12773 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 12774 EnumUnderlying = TI; 12775 12776 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 12777 // Recover by falling back to int. 12778 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12779 12780 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 12781 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 12782 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12783 12784 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12785 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12786 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 12787 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12788 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 12789 } 12790 } 12791 } 12792 12793 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 12794 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 12795 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 12796 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 12797 12798 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 12799 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 12800 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 12801 12802 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 12803 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12804 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 12805 12806 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 12807 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 12808 Name = nullptr; 12809 goto CreateNewDecl; 12810 } 12811 12812 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 12813 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 12814 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12815 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 12816 if (!DC) { 12817 IsDependent = true; 12818 return nullptr; 12819 } 12820 } else { 12821 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 12822 if (!DC) { 12823 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 12824 << SS.getRange(); 12825 return nullptr; 12826 } 12827 } 12828 12829 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 12830 return nullptr; 12831 12832 SearchDC = DC; 12833 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 12834 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 12835 12836 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12837 return nullptr; 12838 12839 if (Previous.empty()) { 12840 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 12841 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 12842 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 12843 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 12844 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 12845 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 12846 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 12847 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12848 IsDependent = true; 12849 return nullptr; 12850 } 12851 12852 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 12853 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 12854 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 12855 Name = nullptr; 12856 Invalid = true; 12857 goto CreateNewDecl; 12858 } 12859 } else if (Name) { 12860 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 12861 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 12862 // name different from T: 12863 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 12864 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12865 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 12866 return nullptr; 12867 12868 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 12869 // declaration or definition. 12870 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 12871 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 12872 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 12873 LookupName(Previous, S); 12874 12875 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 12876 // by types using'ed into this scope. 12877 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 12878 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 12879 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12880 while (F.hasNext()) { 12881 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12882 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 12883 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 12884 F.erase(); 12885 } 12886 F.done(); 12887 } 12888 12889 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 12890 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 12891 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 12892 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 12893 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 12894 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 12895 // 12896 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 12897 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 12898 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 12899 // 12900 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 12901 // semantic context? 12902 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12903 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12904 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12905 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 12906 while (F.hasNext()) { 12907 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12908 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12909 if (DC->isFileContext() && 12910 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 12911 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12912 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 12913 else 12914 F.erase(); 12915 } 12916 } 12917 F.done(); 12918 12919 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 12920 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 12921 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 12922 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12923 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 12924 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 12925 } 12926 } 12927 12928 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 12929 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12930 return nullptr; 12931 12932 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 12933 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 12934 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 12935 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 12936 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 12937 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 12938 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12939 } 12940 } 12941 12942 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 12943 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 12944 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12945 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12946 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12947 Previous.clear(); 12948 } 12949 12950 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 12951 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 12952 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 12953 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 12954 isStdBadAlloc = true; 12955 12956 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 12957 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 12958 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 12959 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 12960 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 12961 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 12962 isStdAlignValT = true; 12963 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 12964 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 12965 } 12966 } 12967 12968 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 12969 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 12970 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 12971 // there's a shadow friend decl. 12972 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 12973 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12974 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 12975 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 12976 12977 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12978 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 12979 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 12980 // 12981 // class-key identifier 12982 // 12983 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 12984 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 12985 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 12986 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 12987 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 12988 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 12989 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 12990 // declaration. 12991 // 12992 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 12993 // C structs and unions. 12994 // 12995 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 12996 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 12997 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 12998 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 12999 // 13000 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 13001 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 13002 // 13003 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 13004 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 13005 // lexical context, 13006 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 13007 13008 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 13009 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13010 } else { 13011 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 13012 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 13013 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 13014 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 13015 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 13016 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13017 } 13018 13019 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 13020 // diagnose some problems. 13021 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 13022 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 13023 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 13024 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 13025 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13026 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 13027 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 13028 } else { 13029 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 13030 LookupName(Previous, S); 13031 } 13032 } 13033 13034 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 13035 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 13036 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 13037 13038 if (!Previous.empty()) { 13039 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13040 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13041 13042 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 13043 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 13044 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 13045 // in C++. 13046 // 13047 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 13048 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 13049 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 13050 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 13051 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13052 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13053 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 13054 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 13055 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 13056 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 13057 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 13058 PrevDecl = Tag; 13059 Previous.clear(); 13060 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 13061 Previous.resolveKind(); 13062 } 13063 } 13064 } 13065 } 13066 13067 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 13068 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 13069 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 13070 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 13071 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 13072 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13073 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 13074 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 13075 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 13076 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 13077 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 13078 diag::note_using_decl_target); 13079 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 13080 << 0; 13081 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 13082 Previous.clear(); 13083 goto CreateNewDecl; 13084 } 13085 } 13086 13087 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13088 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 13089 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 13090 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 13091 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 13092 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13093 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 13094 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 13095 // struct or something similar. 13096 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 13097 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 13098 Name)) { 13099 bool SafeToContinue 13100 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 13101 Kind != TTK_Enum); 13102 if (SafeToContinue) 13103 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 13104 << Name 13105 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 13106 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 13107 else 13108 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 13109 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 13110 13111 if (SafeToContinue) 13112 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 13113 else { 13114 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 13115 Name = nullptr; 13116 Previous.clear(); 13117 Invalid = true; 13118 } 13119 } 13120 13121 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 13122 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 13123 13124 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 13125 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 13126 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13127 if (ScopedEnum) 13128 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 13129 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 13130 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 13131 return PrevTagDecl; 13132 } 13133 13134 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 13135 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13136 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 13137 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 13138 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 13139 13140 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 13141 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 13142 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 13143 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 13144 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 13145 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 13146 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 13147 } 13148 13149 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 13150 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 13151 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 13152 // and then later defined. 13153 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 13154 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 13155 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 13156 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13157 } 13158 13159 if (!Invalid) { 13160 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 13161 // we have attributes. 13162 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13163 if (Attr) { 13164 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 13165 // declaration to hold them. 13166 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 13167 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 13168 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 13169 PP.getModuleContainingLocation( 13170 PrevDecl->getLocation()) != 13171 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) && 13172 SS.isEmpty()) { 13173 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 13174 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 13175 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 13176 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 13177 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 13178 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 13179 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 13180 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 13181 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13182 return PrevTagDecl; 13183 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 13184 // that scope. 13185 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13186 } else { 13187 return PrevTagDecl; 13188 } 13189 } 13190 13191 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 13192 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13193 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 13194 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 13195 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 13196 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 13197 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 13198 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 13199 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 13200 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13201 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13202 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13203 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 13204 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13205 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13206 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13207 } 13208 13209 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 13210 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13211 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 13212 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 13213 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 13214 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 13215 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 13216 // use it in place of this one. 13217 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 13218 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 13219 return Def; 13220 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 13221 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 13222 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 13223 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 13224 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 13225 else 13226 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 13227 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13228 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 13229 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 13230 // references get the previous definition. 13231 Name = nullptr; 13232 Previous.clear(); 13233 Invalid = true; 13234 } 13235 } else { 13236 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 13237 // about a nested redefinition. 13238 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 13239 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 13240 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 13241 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 13242 diag::note_previous_definition); 13243 Name = nullptr; 13244 Previous.clear(); 13245 Invalid = true; 13246 } 13247 } 13248 13249 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 13250 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 13251 } 13252 13253 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 13254 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 13255 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 13256 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13257 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 13258 AS = AS_none; 13259 } 13260 } 13261 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 13262 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 13263 13264 } else { 13265 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 13266 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 13267 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 13268 // have distinct types. 13269 Previous.clear(); 13270 } 13271 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 13272 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 13273 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 13274 13275 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 13276 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 13277 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 13278 } else { 13279 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 13280 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 13281 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 13282 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 13283 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 13284 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13285 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK 13286 << Kind; 13287 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 13288 Invalid = true; 13289 13290 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 13291 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13292 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 13293 // do nothing 13294 13295 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 13296 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13297 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13298 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 13299 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13300 Invalid = true; 13301 13302 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 13303 // case here. 13304 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13305 unsigned Kind = 0; 13306 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 13307 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 13308 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 13309 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13310 Invalid = true; 13311 13312 // Otherwise, diagnose. 13313 } else { 13314 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 13315 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 13316 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 13317 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13318 Name = nullptr; 13319 Invalid = true; 13320 } 13321 13322 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 13323 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 13324 Previous.clear(); 13325 } 13326 } 13327 13328 CreateNewDecl: 13329 13330 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13331 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 13332 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13333 13334 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 13335 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 13336 // keyword. 13337 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 13338 13339 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 13340 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 13341 // PrevDecl. 13342 TagDecl *New; 13343 13344 bool IsForwardReference = false; 13345 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13346 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13347 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 13348 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13349 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 13350 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 13351 13352 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 13353 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13354 13355 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 13356 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 13357 TagDecl *Def; 13358 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 13359 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 13360 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 13361 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 13362 } 13363 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 13364 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 13365 << New; 13366 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13367 } else { 13368 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 13369 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13370 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 13371 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13372 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 13373 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 13374 13375 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 13376 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 13377 // the declaration context. 13378 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 13379 IsForwardReference = true; 13380 } 13381 } 13382 13383 if (EnumUnderlying) { 13384 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13385 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13386 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 13387 else 13388 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 13389 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 13390 } 13391 } else { 13392 // struct/union/class 13393 13394 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13395 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 13396 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13397 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 13398 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13399 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13400 13401 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 13402 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 13403 } else 13404 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13405 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13406 } 13407 13408 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 13409 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 13410 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13411 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 13412 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13413 Invalid = true; 13414 } 13415 13416 // Maybe add qualifier info. 13417 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 13418 if (SS.isSet()) { 13419 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 13420 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 13421 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 13422 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 13423 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 13424 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 13425 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 13426 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 13427 Invalid = true; 13428 13429 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 13430 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 13431 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 13432 } 13433 } 13434 else 13435 Invalid = true; 13436 } 13437 13438 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 13439 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 13440 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 13441 // 13442 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 13443 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 13444 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 13445 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 13446 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 13447 // parsing of the struct). 13448 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13449 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 13450 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 13451 } 13452 } 13453 13454 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 13455 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 13456 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 13457 << 2 13458 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 13459 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 13460 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 13461 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 13462 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13463 New->setModulePrivate(); 13464 } 13465 13466 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 13467 // check the specialization. 13468 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 13469 Invalid = true; 13470 13471 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 13472 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 13473 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 13474 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 13475 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 13476 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13477 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 13478 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 13479 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 13480 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 13481 << Name; 13482 Invalid = true; 13483 } 13484 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 13485 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13486 } 13487 } 13488 13489 if (Invalid) 13490 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13491 13492 if (Attr) 13493 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13494 13495 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 13496 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 13497 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 13498 13499 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 13500 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 13501 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 13502 // the tag name visible. 13503 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 13504 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 13505 13506 // Set the access specifier. 13507 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 13508 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 13509 13510 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 13511 New->startDefinition(); 13512 13513 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 13514 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13515 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 13516 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 13517 if (PrevDecl) 13518 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 13519 13520 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13521 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13522 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 13523 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 13524 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 13525 } else if (Name) { 13526 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13527 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 13528 if (IsForwardReference) 13529 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13530 } else { 13531 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13532 } 13533 13534 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 13535 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 13536 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 13537 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 13538 II->isStr("FILE")) 13539 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 13540 13541 if (PrevDecl) 13542 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 13543 13544 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13545 // record. 13546 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 13547 13548 OwnedDecl = true; 13549 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 13550 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 13551 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13552 if (New->isBeingDefined()) 13553 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) 13554 RD->completeDefinition(); 13555 return nullptr; 13556 } else { 13557 return New; 13558 } 13559 } 13560 13561 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13562 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13563 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13564 13565 // Enter the tag context. 13566 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 13567 13568 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 13569 13570 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13571 // record. 13572 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 13573 } 13574 13575 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 13576 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 13577 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 13578 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 13579 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 13580 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 13581 CurContext = OCD; 13582 return IDecl; 13583 } 13584 13585 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13586 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 13587 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 13588 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 13589 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13590 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 13591 13592 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 13593 13594 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 13595 return; 13596 13597 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 13598 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 13599 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 13600 13601 // C++ [class]p2: 13602 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 13603 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 13604 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 13605 // as if it were a public member name. 13606 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 13607 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 13608 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 13609 Record->getIdentifier(), 13610 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 13611 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 13612 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 13613 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 13614 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 13615 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 13616 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 13617 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 13618 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 13619 "Broken injected-class-name"); 13620 } 13621 13622 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13623 SourceRange BraceRange) { 13624 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13625 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13626 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 13627 13628 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13629 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13630 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 13631 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13632 RD->completeDefinition(); 13633 } 13634 13635 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 13636 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 13637 13638 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 13639 PopDeclContext(); 13640 13641 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 13642 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 13643 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 13644 13645 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 13646 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 13647 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 13648 } 13649 13650 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 13651 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 13652 PopDeclContext(); 13653 } 13654 13655 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13656 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 13657 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 13658 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 13659 } 13660 13661 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13662 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 13663 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 13664 } 13665 13666 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13667 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13668 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13669 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 13670 13671 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13672 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13673 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13674 RD->completeDefinition(); 13675 } 13676 13677 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 13678 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 13679 // the FieldCollector. 13680 13681 PopDeclContext(); 13682 } 13683 13684 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 13685 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 13686 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 13687 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 13688 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 13689 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 13690 if (ZeroWidth) 13691 *ZeroWidth = true; 13692 13693 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 13694 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 13695 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 13696 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 13697 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 13698 return ExprError(); 13699 if (FieldName) 13700 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 13701 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13702 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 13703 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13704 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 13705 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 13706 return ExprError(); 13707 13708 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 13709 // it now. 13710 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 13711 return BitWidth; 13712 13713 llvm::APSInt Value; 13714 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 13715 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 13716 return ICE; 13717 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 13718 13719 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 13720 *ZeroWidth = false; 13721 13722 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 13723 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 13724 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 13725 13726 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 13727 if (FieldName) 13728 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13729 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 13730 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13731 << Value.toString(10); 13732 } 13733 13734 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 13735 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 13736 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 13737 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 13738 13739 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 13740 // ABI. 13741 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 13742 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13743 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 13744 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 13745 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 13746 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 13747 unsigned DiagWidth = 13748 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 13749 if (FieldName) 13750 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13751 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13752 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 13753 13754 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13755 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 13756 << DiagWidth; 13757 } 13758 13759 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 13760 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 13761 // 'bool'. 13762 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 13763 if (FieldName) 13764 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13765 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13766 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13767 else 13768 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13769 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13770 } 13771 } 13772 13773 return BitWidth; 13774 } 13775 13776 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 13777 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 13778 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 13779 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 13780 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 13781 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 13782 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 13783 return Res; 13784 } 13785 13786 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 13787 /// 13788 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 13789 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13790 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 13791 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13792 AccessSpecifier AS) { 13793 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 13794 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 13795 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 13796 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 13797 return nullptr; 13798 } 13799 13800 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13801 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13802 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13803 13804 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13805 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13806 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13807 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13808 13809 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 13810 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 13811 D.setInvalidType(); 13812 T = Context.IntTy; 13813 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 13814 } 13815 } 13816 13817 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 13818 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 13819 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 13820 D.setInvalidType(); 13821 } 13822 13823 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 13824 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 13825 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 13826 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 13827 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 13828 D.setInvalidType(); 13829 } 13830 13831 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 13832 13833 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 13834 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 13835 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 13836 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 13837 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13838 diag::err_invalid_thread) 13839 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 13840 13841 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 13842 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13843 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 13844 LookupName(Previous, S); 13845 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 13846 case LookupResult::Found: 13847 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 13848 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 13849 break; 13850 13851 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 13852 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13853 break; 13854 13855 case LookupResult::NotFound: 13856 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 13857 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 13858 break; 13859 } 13860 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 13861 13862 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13863 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13864 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 13865 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13866 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13867 } 13868 13869 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 13870 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13871 13872 bool Mutable 13873 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 13874 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 13875 FieldDecl *NewFD 13876 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 13877 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 13878 13879 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 13880 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13881 13882 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13883 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 13884 13885 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 13886 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 13887 // with the same name in the same scope. 13888 } else if (II) { 13889 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 13890 } else 13891 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 13892 13893 return NewFD; 13894 } 13895 13896 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 13897 /// 13898 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 13899 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 13900 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 13901 /// created. 13902 /// 13903 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 13904 /// 13905 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 13906 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 13907 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 13908 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 13909 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 13910 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13911 SourceLocation TSSL, 13912 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 13913 Declarator *D) { 13914 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 13915 bool InvalidDecl = false; 13916 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 13917 13918 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 13919 // marking this declaration as invalid. 13920 if (T.isNull()) { 13921 InvalidDecl = true; 13922 T = Context.IntTy; 13923 } 13924 13925 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 13926 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13927 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13928 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 13929 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13930 InvalidDecl = true; 13931 } else { 13932 NamedDecl *Def; 13933 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 13934 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 13935 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13936 InvalidDecl = true; 13937 } 13938 } 13939 } 13940 13941 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 13942 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 13943 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 13944 InvalidDecl = true; 13945 } 13946 13947 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13948 // than a variably modified type. 13949 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13950 bool SizeIsNegative; 13951 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 13952 13953 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 13954 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 13955 SizeIsNegative, 13956 Oversized); 13957 if (FixedTInfo) { 13958 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 13959 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 13960 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 13961 } else { 13962 if (SizeIsNegative) 13963 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 13964 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 13965 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 13966 << Oversized.toString(10); 13967 else 13968 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 13969 InvalidDecl = true; 13970 } 13971 } 13972 13973 // Fields can not have abstract class types 13974 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 13975 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13976 AbstractFieldType)) 13977 InvalidDecl = true; 13978 13979 bool ZeroWidth = false; 13980 if (InvalidDecl) 13981 BitWidth = nullptr; 13982 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 13983 if (BitWidth) { 13984 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 13985 &ZeroWidth).get(); 13986 if (!BitWidth) { 13987 InvalidDecl = true; 13988 BitWidth = nullptr; 13989 ZeroWidth = false; 13990 } 13991 } 13992 13993 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 13994 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 13995 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13996 if (T->isReferenceType()) 13997 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 13998 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 13999 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 14000 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 14001 14002 if (DiagID) { 14003 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 14004 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 14005 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 14006 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 14007 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 14008 Mutable = false; 14009 InvalidDecl = true; 14010 } 14011 } 14012 } 14013 14014 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 14015 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 14016 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 14017 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 14018 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 14019 14020 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 14021 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 14022 if (InvalidDecl) 14023 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14024 14025 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14026 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14027 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14028 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14029 } 14030 14031 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14032 if (Record->isUnion()) { 14033 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14034 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14035 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14036 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 14037 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 14038 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 14039 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 14040 // objects. 14041 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 14042 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14043 } 14044 } 14045 14046 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 14047 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 14048 // enabled. 14049 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 14050 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 14051 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 14052 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 14053 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 14054 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 14055 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14056 } 14057 } 14058 } 14059 14060 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 14061 // representation, not a parser representation. 14062 if (D) { 14063 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 14064 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 14065 14066 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 14067 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 14068 } 14069 14070 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 14071 // retainable type. 14072 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 14073 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14074 14075 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 14076 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 14077 14078 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 14079 return NewFD; 14080 } 14081 14082 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 14083 assert(FD); 14084 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 14085 14086 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 14087 return false; 14088 14089 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14090 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14091 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14092 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14093 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 14094 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 14095 // copy constructors. 14096 14097 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 14098 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 14099 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 14100 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 14101 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 14102 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 14103 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 14104 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 14105 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 14106 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 14107 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 14108 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 14109 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 14110 member = CXXDestructor; 14111 14112 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 14113 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 14114 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 14115 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 14116 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 14117 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 14118 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 14119 // members unavailable. 14120 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 14121 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 14122 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 14123 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14124 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 14125 return false; 14126 } 14127 } 14128 14129 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 14130 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 14131 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 14132 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 14133 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 14134 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 14135 } 14136 } 14137 } 14138 14139 return false; 14140 } 14141 14142 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 14143 /// AST enum value. 14144 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 14145 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 14146 switch (ivarVisibility) { 14147 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 14148 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 14149 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 14150 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 14151 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 14152 } 14153 } 14154 14155 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 14156 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 14157 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 14158 SourceLocation DeclStart, 14159 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 14160 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 14161 14162 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 14163 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 14164 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 14165 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 14166 14167 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 14168 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 14169 14170 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 14171 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 14172 14173 if (BitWidth) { 14174 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 14175 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 14176 if (!BitWidth) 14177 D.setInvalidType(); 14178 } else { 14179 // Not a bitfield. 14180 14181 // validate II. 14182 14183 } 14184 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 14185 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 14186 D.setInvalidType(); 14187 } 14188 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14189 // than a variably modified type. 14190 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14191 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 14192 D.setInvalidType(); 14193 } 14194 14195 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 14196 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 14197 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 14198 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 14199 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 14200 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 14201 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 14202 return nullptr; 14203 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 14204 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14205 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14206 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 14207 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 14208 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 14209 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 14210 } 14211 else 14212 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14213 } else { 14214 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14215 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14216 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 14217 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 14218 return nullptr; 14219 } 14220 } 14221 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14222 } 14223 14224 // Construct the decl. 14225 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 14226 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 14227 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 14228 14229 if (II) { 14230 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 14231 ForRedeclaration); 14232 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 14233 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14234 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14235 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14236 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14237 } 14238 } 14239 14240 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 14241 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 14242 14243 if (D.isInvalidType()) 14244 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14245 14246 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 14247 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 14248 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14249 14250 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14251 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 14252 14253 if (II) { 14254 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 14255 // these to the interface. 14256 S->AddDecl(NewID); 14257 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 14258 } 14259 14260 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 14261 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 14262 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 14263 14264 return NewID; 14265 } 14266 14267 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 14268 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 14269 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 14270 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 14271 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 14272 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 14273 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 14274 return; 14275 14276 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 14277 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 14278 14279 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 14280 return; 14281 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 14282 if (!ID) { 14283 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 14284 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 14285 return; 14286 } 14287 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 14288 else 14289 return; 14290 } 14291 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 14292 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 14293 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 14294 14295 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 14296 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 14297 Context.CharTy, 14298 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 14299 DeclLoc), 14300 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 14301 true); 14302 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 14303 } 14304 14305 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 14306 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 14307 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 14308 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 14309 14310 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 14311 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 14312 // it will now change. 14313 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14314 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14315 switch (DC->getKind()) { 14316 default: break; 14317 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 14318 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14319 break; 14320 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 14321 Context. 14322 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14323 break; 14324 } 14325 } 14326 14327 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14328 14329 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 14330 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 14331 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 14332 if (Record) { 14333 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 14334 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 14335 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 14336 ++NumNamedMembers; 14337 } 14338 } 14339 14340 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 14341 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 14342 14343 bool ARCErrReported = false; 14344 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 14345 i != end; ++i) { 14346 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 14347 14348 // Get the type for the field. 14349 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 14350 14351 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 14352 // Remember all fields written by the user. 14353 RecFields.push_back(FD); 14354 } 14355 14356 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 14357 // diagnostics about it. 14358 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 14359 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14360 continue; 14361 } 14362 14363 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 14364 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 14365 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 14366 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 14367 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 14368 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 14369 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 14370 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 14371 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 14372 // array. 14373 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 14374 // Field declared as a function. 14375 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 14376 << FD->getDeclName(); 14377 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14378 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14379 continue; 14380 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 14381 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 14382 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 14383 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 14384 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 14385 // Flexible array member. 14386 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 14387 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 14388 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 14389 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14390 if (Record->isUnion()) 14391 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14392 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 14393 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14394 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 14395 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 14396 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 14397 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14398 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 14399 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14400 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 14401 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 14402 14403 if (DiagID) 14404 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 14405 << Record->getTagKind(); 14406 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 14407 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 14408 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 14409 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 14410 // of the type. 14411 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 14412 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 14413 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 14414 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14415 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 14416 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 14417 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14418 14419 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 14420 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 14421 // 14422 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 14423 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 14424 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14425 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 14426 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 14427 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14428 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14429 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14430 continue; 14431 } 14432 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 14433 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14434 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 14435 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14436 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14437 // Incomplete type 14438 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14439 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14440 continue; 14441 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14442 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 14443 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 14444 // flexible array member. 14445 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14446 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 14447 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 14448 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 14449 // structures. 14450 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 14451 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 14452 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14453 else { 14454 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 14455 // other structs as an extension. 14456 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 14457 << FD->getDeclName(); 14458 } 14459 } 14460 } 14461 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 14462 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14463 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14464 AbstractIvarType)) { 14465 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 14466 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14467 } 14468 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14469 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14470 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 14471 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14472 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 14473 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 14474 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 14475 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 14476 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 14477 FD->setType(T); 14478 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 14479 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 14480 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 14481 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 14482 // so we just make the field unavailable. 14483 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 14484 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 14485 QualType T = FD->getType(); 14486 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 14487 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 14488 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 14489 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 14490 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 14491 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14492 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 14493 } 14494 } else { 14495 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 14496 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 14497 } 14498 ARCErrReported = true; 14499 } 14500 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 14501 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 14502 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 14503 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14504 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 14505 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14506 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 14507 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14508 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 14509 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14510 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14511 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14512 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 14513 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14514 } 14515 } 14516 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 14517 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14518 // Keep track of the number of named members. 14519 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 14520 ++NumNamedMembers; 14521 } 14522 14523 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 14524 if (Record) { 14525 bool Completed = false; 14526 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14527 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14528 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 14529 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 14530 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 14531 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 14532 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 14533 } 14534 14535 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 14536 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 14537 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 14538 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 14539 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 14540 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 14541 } 14542 14543 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14544 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 14545 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 14546 14547 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 14548 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 14549 // problem now. 14550 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 14551 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 14552 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 14553 14554 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 14555 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 14556 M != MEnd; ++M) { 14557 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 14558 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 14559 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 14560 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 14561 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 14562 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 14563 continue; 14564 14565 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 14566 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 14567 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 14568 // program is ill-formed. 14569 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 14570 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 14571 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 14572 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 14573 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 14574 OM = SO->second.begin(), 14575 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 14576 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 14577 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 14578 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 14579 14580 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14581 } 14582 } 14583 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 14584 Completed = true; 14585 } 14586 } 14587 } 14588 } 14589 14590 if (!Completed) 14591 Record->completeDefinition(); 14592 14593 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 14594 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14595 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 14596 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 14597 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) 14598 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 14599 } 14600 14601 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 14602 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 14603 14604 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 14605 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 14606 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 14607 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 14608 } 14609 14610 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 14611 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 14612 // compatibility problems. 14613 bool CheckForZeroSize; 14614 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14615 CheckForZeroSize = true; 14616 } else { 14617 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 14618 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 14619 CheckForZeroSize = 14620 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 14621 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 14622 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 14623 } 14624 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 14625 bool ZeroSize = true; 14626 bool IsEmpty = true; 14627 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 14628 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 14629 E = Record->field_end(); 14630 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 14631 IsEmpty = false; 14632 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 14633 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 14634 ZeroSize = false; 14635 } else { 14636 ++NonBitFields; 14637 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 14638 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 14639 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 14640 ZeroSize = false; 14641 } 14642 } 14643 14644 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 14645 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 14646 // extern "C" block. 14647 if (ZeroSize) { 14648 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 14649 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 14650 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 14651 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 14652 } 14653 14654 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 14655 // but are accepted by GCC. 14656 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14657 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 14658 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 14659 << Record->isUnion(); 14660 } 14661 } 14662 } else { 14663 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 14664 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 14665 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14666 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 14667 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 14668 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14669 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 14670 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14671 } 14672 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 14673 // duplicates. 14674 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 14675 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 14676 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14677 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14678 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 14679 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 14680 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 14681 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 14682 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 14683 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 14684 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14685 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14686 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14687 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14688 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 14689 // reported as errors elsewhere. 14690 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 14691 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 14692 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 14693 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 14694 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 14695 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14696 if (IDecl) { 14697 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 14698 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14699 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14700 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14701 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14702 continue; 14703 } 14704 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 14705 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 14706 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14707 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14708 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14709 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14710 continue; 14711 } 14712 } 14713 } 14714 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 14715 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14716 } 14717 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14718 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14719 } 14720 } 14721 14722 if (Attr) 14723 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 14724 } 14725 14726 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 14727 /// the given type T. 14728 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 14729 llvm::APSInt &Value, 14730 QualType T) { 14731 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14732 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 14733 14734 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 14735 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 14736 --BitWidth; 14737 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 14738 } 14739 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 14740 } 14741 14742 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 14743 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 14744 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 14745 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 14746 // enum checking below. 14747 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14748 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 14749 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14750 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 14751 }; 14752 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14753 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 14754 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 14755 }; 14756 14757 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 14758 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 14759 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 14760 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 14761 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 14762 return Types[I]; 14763 14764 return QualType(); 14765 } 14766 14767 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 14768 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 14769 SourceLocation IdLoc, 14770 IdentifierInfo *Id, 14771 Expr *Val) { 14772 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14773 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 14774 QualType EltTy; 14775 14776 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 14777 Val = nullptr; 14778 14779 if (Val) 14780 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 14781 14782 if (Val) { 14783 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 14784 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14785 else { 14786 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 14787 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 14788 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14789 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 14790 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 14791 // constant expression of the underlying type. 14792 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14793 ExprResult Converted = 14794 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 14795 CCEK_Enumerator); 14796 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 14797 Val = nullptr; 14798 else 14799 Val = Converted.get(); 14800 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 14801 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 14802 &EnumVal).get())) { 14803 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 14804 } else { 14805 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14806 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14807 14808 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 14809 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 14810 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 14811 // expression checking. 14812 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14813 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14814 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14815 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14816 } else 14817 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14818 } else 14819 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 14820 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 14821 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 14822 .get(); 14823 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14824 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 14825 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14826 // is the type of its initializing value: 14827 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 14828 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 14829 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14830 } else { 14831 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 14832 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 14833 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 14834 // representable as an int. 14835 14836 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 14837 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 14838 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14839 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 14840 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 14841 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 14842 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 14843 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14844 } 14845 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14846 } 14847 } 14848 } 14849 } 14850 14851 if (!Val) { 14852 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 14853 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14854 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 14855 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14856 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14857 // is the type of its initializing value: 14858 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 14859 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 14860 // 14861 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 14862 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 14863 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14864 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14865 } 14866 else { 14867 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 14868 } 14869 } else { 14870 // Assign the last value + 1. 14871 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14872 ++EnumVal; 14873 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 14874 14875 // Check for overflow on increment. 14876 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 14877 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14878 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14879 // is the type of its initializing value: 14880 // 14881 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 14882 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 14883 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 14884 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 14885 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 14886 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 14887 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 14888 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 14889 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 14890 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 14891 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14892 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 14893 ++EnumVal; 14894 if (Enum->isFixed()) 14895 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 14896 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 14897 << EnumVal.toString(10) 14898 << EltTy; 14899 else 14900 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 14901 << EnumVal.toString(10); 14902 } else { 14903 EltTy = T; 14904 } 14905 14906 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 14907 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 14908 // value, then increment. 14909 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14910 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14911 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14912 ++EnumVal; 14913 14914 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 14915 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 14916 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 14917 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 14918 // integral type. 14919 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 14920 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 14921 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14922 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14923 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 14924 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14925 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 14926 } 14927 } 14928 } 14929 14930 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14931 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 14932 // enumerator's type. 14933 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14934 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14935 } 14936 14937 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 14938 Val, EnumVal); 14939 } 14940 14941 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 14942 SourceLocation IILoc) { 14943 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 14944 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14945 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14946 14947 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 14948 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 14949 // skip the body. 14950 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14951 ForRedeclaration); 14952 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 14953 if (!PrevECD) 14954 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14955 14956 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 14957 NamedDecl *Hidden; 14958 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 14959 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 14960 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 14961 return Skip; 14962 } 14963 14964 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14965 } 14966 14967 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 14968 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 14969 AttributeList *Attr, 14970 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 14971 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 14972 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 14973 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 14974 14975 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 14976 // we find one that is. 14977 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14978 14979 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 14980 // scope. 14981 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14982 ForRedeclaration); 14983 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14984 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14985 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 14986 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14987 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14988 } 14989 14990 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 14991 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 14992 // different from T: 14993 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 14994 // enumerated type 14995 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 14996 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 14997 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 14998 14999 EnumConstantDecl *New = 15000 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 15001 if (!New) 15002 return nullptr; 15003 15004 if (PrevDecl) { 15005 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 15006 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 15007 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 15008 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 15009 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 15010 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 15011 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15012 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 15013 else 15014 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 15015 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 15016 return nullptr; 15017 } 15018 } 15019 15020 // Process attributes. 15021 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 15022 15023 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 15024 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 15025 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 15026 15027 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 15028 15029 return New; 15030 } 15031 15032 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 15033 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 15034 // Element2 = Element1 15035 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 15036 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 15037 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 15038 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 15039 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 15040 if (!InitExpr) 15041 return true; 15042 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 15043 15044 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 15045 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 15046 return true; 15047 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 15048 if (!IL) 15049 return true; 15050 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 15051 return true; 15052 15053 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 15054 } 15055 15056 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 15057 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 15058 if (!DRE) 15059 return true; 15060 15061 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 15062 if (!EnumConstant) 15063 return true; 15064 15065 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 15066 Enum) 15067 return true; 15068 15069 return false; 15070 } 15071 15072 namespace { 15073 struct DupKey { 15074 int64_t val; 15075 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 15076 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 15077 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 15078 }; 15079 15080 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 15081 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 15082 false); 15083 } 15084 15085 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 15086 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 15087 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 15088 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 15089 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 15090 } 15091 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 15092 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 15093 LHS.val == RHS.val; 15094 } 15095 }; 15096 } // end anonymous namespace 15097 15098 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 15099 // a previous element has already been set to. 15100 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15101 EnumDecl *Enum, 15102 QualType EnumType) { 15103 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 15104 return; 15105 // Avoid anonymous enums 15106 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 15107 return; 15108 15109 // Only check for small enums. 15110 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 15111 return; 15112 15113 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 15114 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 15115 15116 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 15117 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 15118 ValueToVectorMap; 15119 15120 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 15121 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 15122 15123 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 15124 // an initialier. 15125 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15126 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15127 15128 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 15129 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 15130 if (!ECD) { 15131 return; 15132 } 15133 15134 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 15135 continue; 15136 15137 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15138 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15139 15140 // First time encountering this value. 15141 if (Entry.isNull()) 15142 Entry = ECD; 15143 } 15144 15145 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 15146 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15147 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15148 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 15149 continue; 15150 15151 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15152 15153 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15154 if (Entry.isNull()) 15155 continue; 15156 15157 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 15158 // Ensure constants are different. 15159 if (D == ECD) 15160 continue; 15161 15162 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 15163 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 15164 Vec->push_back(D); 15165 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15166 15167 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 15168 Entry = Vec; 15169 15170 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 15171 // diagnostics. 15172 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 15173 continue; 15174 } 15175 15176 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 15177 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 15178 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 15179 continue; 15180 15181 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15182 } 15183 15184 // Emit diagnostics. 15185 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 15186 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 15187 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 15188 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 15189 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 15190 15191 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 15192 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 15193 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 15194 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15195 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15196 ++I; 15197 15198 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 15199 // the same value. 15200 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 15201 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 15202 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15203 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15204 delete Vec; 15205 } 15206 } 15207 15208 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 15209 bool AllowMask) const { 15210 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 15211 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 15212 15213 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 15214 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 15215 15216 if (R.second) { 15217 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 15218 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 15219 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 15220 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 15221 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 15222 } 15223 } 15224 15225 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 15226 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 15227 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 15228 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 15229 // 15230 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 15231 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 15232 // likely a logic error. 15233 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 15234 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 15235 } 15236 15237 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 15238 Decl *EnumDeclX, 15239 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15240 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 15241 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 15242 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 15243 15244 if (Attr) 15245 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 15246 15247 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 15248 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15249 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15250 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15251 if (!ECD) continue; 15252 15253 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15254 } 15255 15256 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 15257 return; 15258 } 15259 15260 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 15261 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 15262 // emit a warning. 15263 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 15264 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 15265 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 15266 15267 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 15268 // reverse the list. 15269 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 15270 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 15271 15272 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 15273 bool AllElementsInt = true; 15274 15275 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15276 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15277 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15278 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15279 15280 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15281 15282 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 15283 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 15284 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 15285 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 15286 else 15287 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 15288 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 15289 15290 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 15291 if (AllElementsInt) 15292 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 15293 } 15294 15295 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 15296 QualType BestType; 15297 unsigned BestWidth; 15298 15299 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 15300 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 15301 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 15302 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 15303 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 15304 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 15305 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 15306 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 15307 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 15308 QualType BestPromotionType; 15309 15310 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 15311 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 15312 // enum definitions. 15313 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 15314 Packed = true; 15315 15316 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15317 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15318 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 15319 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 15320 else 15321 BestPromotionType = BestType; 15322 15323 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 15324 } 15325 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 15326 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 15327 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 15328 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15329 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 15330 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 15331 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15332 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 15333 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 15334 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 15335 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15336 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 15337 BestType = Context.IntTy; 15338 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15339 } else { 15340 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 15341 15342 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 15343 BestType = Context.LongTy; 15344 } else { 15345 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15346 15347 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 15348 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 15349 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 15350 } 15351 } 15352 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 15353 } else { 15354 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 15355 // all of the enumerator values. 15356 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15357 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 15358 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 15359 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15360 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15361 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 15362 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 15363 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15364 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15365 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 15366 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 15367 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15368 BestPromotionType 15369 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15370 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 15371 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 15372 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 15373 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 15374 BestPromotionType 15375 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15376 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 15377 } else { 15378 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15379 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 15380 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 15381 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 15382 BestPromotionType 15383 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15384 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 15385 } 15386 } 15387 15388 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 15389 // the type of the enum if needed. 15390 for (auto *D : Elements) { 15391 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15392 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15393 15394 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 15395 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 15396 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 15397 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 15398 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 15399 15400 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 15401 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15402 15403 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 15404 // the enum decl type. 15405 QualType NewTy; 15406 unsigned NewWidth; 15407 bool NewSign; 15408 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15409 !Enum->isFixed() && 15410 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 15411 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 15412 NewWidth = IntWidth; 15413 NewSign = true; 15414 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 15415 // Already the right type! 15416 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15417 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15418 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15419 // enumeration. 15420 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15421 continue; 15422 } else { 15423 NewTy = BestType; 15424 NewWidth = BestWidth; 15425 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 15426 } 15427 15428 // Adjust the APSInt value. 15429 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 15430 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 15431 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 15432 15433 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 15434 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 15435 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 15436 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 15437 CK_IntegralCast, 15438 ECD->getInitExpr(), 15439 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 15440 VK_RValue)); 15441 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15442 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15443 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15444 // enumeration. 15445 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15446 else 15447 ECD->setType(NewTy); 15448 } 15449 15450 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 15451 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 15452 15453 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 15454 15455 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 15456 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 15457 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15458 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15459 15460 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15461 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 15462 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 15463 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 15464 << ECD << Enum; 15465 } 15466 } 15467 15468 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 15469 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 15470 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 15471 } 15472 15473 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 15474 SourceLocation StartLoc, 15475 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 15476 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 15477 15478 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 15479 AsmString, StartLoc, 15480 EndLoc); 15481 CurContext->addDecl(New); 15482 return New; 15483 } 15484 15485 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 15486 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 15487 bool FromInclude = false) { 15488 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 15489 15490 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 15491 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 15492 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 15493 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 15494 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 15495 break; 15496 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 15497 break; 15498 } 15499 DC = LSD->getParent(); 15500 } 15501 15502 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 15503 DC = DC->getParent(); 15504 15505 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 15506 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 15507 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 15508 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 15509 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 15510 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 15511 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 15512 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 15513 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 15514 << M->getFullModuleName(); 15515 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_extern_c_begins_here); 15516 } 15517 } 15518 15519 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc, 15520 ModuleDeclKind MDK, 15521 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15522 // 'module implementation' requires that we are not compiling a module of any 15523 // kind. 'module' and 'module partition' require that we are compiling a 15524 // module inteface (not a module map). 15525 auto CMK = getLangOpts().getCompilingModule(); 15526 if (MDK == ModuleDeclKind::Implementation 15527 ? CMK != LangOptions::CMK_None 15528 : CMK != LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface) { 15529 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch) 15530 << (unsigned)MDK; 15531 return nullptr; 15532 } 15533 15534 // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl and return it. 15535 15536 // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than 15537 // here, in case we look ahead across something where the current 15538 // module matters (eg a #include). 15539 15540 // The dots in a module name in the Modules TS are a lie. Unlike Clang's 15541 // hierarchical module map modules, the dots here are just another character 15542 // that can appear in a module name. Flatten down to the actual module name. 15543 std::string ModuleName; 15544 for (auto &Piece : Path) { 15545 if (!ModuleName.empty()) 15546 ModuleName += "."; 15547 ModuleName += Piece.first->getName(); 15548 } 15549 15550 // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be 15551 // correct. 15552 if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() && 15553 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) { 15554 Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch) 15555 << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second) 15556 << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15557 return nullptr; 15558 } 15559 const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName; 15560 15561 auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap(); 15562 15563 switch (MDK) { 15564 case ModuleDeclKind::Module: { 15565 // FIXME: Check we're not in a submodule. 15566 15567 // We can't have imported a definition of this module or parsed a module 15568 // map defining it already. 15569 if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) { 15570 Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName; 15571 if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid()) 15572 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition); 15573 else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile()) 15574 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file) 15575 << FE->getName(); 15576 return nullptr; 15577 } 15578 15579 // Create a Module for the module that we're defining. 15580 Module *Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName); 15581 assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail"); 15582 15583 // Enter the semantic scope of the module. 15584 ActOnModuleBegin(ModuleLoc, Mod); 15585 return nullptr; 15586 } 15587 15588 case ModuleDeclKind::Partition: 15589 // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module. 15590 return nullptr; 15591 15592 case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation: 15593 std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc( 15594 PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second); 15595 15596 DeclResult Import = ActOnModuleImport(ModuleLoc, ModuleLoc, ModuleNameLoc); 15597 if (Import.isInvalid()) 15598 return nullptr; 15599 return ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Import.get()); 15600 } 15601 15602 llvm_unreachable("unexpected module decl kind"); 15603 } 15604 15605 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, 15606 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 15607 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15608 Module *Mod = 15609 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 15610 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 15611 if (!Mod) 15612 return true; 15613 15614 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 15615 15616 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 15617 15618 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 15619 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 15620 // silently ignoring the import. 15621 // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we 15622 // warn on a redundant import of the current module? 15623 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule && 15624 (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS)) 15625 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() 15626 ? diag::err_module_self_import 15627 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 15628 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15629 15630 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 15631 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 15632 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 15633 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 15634 // We need the length to be consistent. 15635 if (!ModCheck) 15636 break; 15637 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 15638 15639 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 15640 } 15641 15642 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15643 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, TU, StartLoc, 15644 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 15645 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15646 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import); 15647 TU->addDecl(Import); 15648 return Import; 15649 } 15650 15651 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15652 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 15653 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 15654 } 15655 15656 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15657 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 15658 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 15659 // implementation detail of us building the module. 15660 // 15661 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 15662 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 15663 TUKind == TU_Module && 15664 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 15665 15666 bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes; 15667 15668 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 15669 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 15670 if (ShouldAddImport) { 15671 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15672 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15673 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 15674 DirectiveLoc); 15675 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15676 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD); 15677 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15678 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15679 } 15680 15681 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 15682 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15683 } 15684 15685 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15686 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 15687 15688 ModuleScopes.push_back({}); 15689 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 15690 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 15691 ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules); 15692 15693 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15694 } 15695 15696 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EofLoc, Module *Mod) { 15697 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 15698 VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules); 15699 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 15700 // is now out of date. 15701 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 15702 } 15703 15704 assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod && 15705 "left the wrong module scope"); 15706 ModuleScopes.pop_back(); 15707 15708 // We got to the end of processing a #include of a local module. Create an 15709 // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module. 15710 FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EofLoc); 15711 assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() && 15712 "end of submodule in main source file"); 15713 SourceLocation DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File); 15714 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 15715 } 15716 15717 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 15718 Module *Mod) { 15719 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 15720 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 15721 return; 15722 15723 // Create the implicit import declaration. 15724 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15725 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15726 Loc, Mod, Loc); 15727 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15728 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15729 15730 // Make the module visible. 15731 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 15732 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 15733 } 15734 15735 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{' 15736 /// (if present). 15737 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, 15738 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 15739 ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc); 15740 15741 // C++ Modules TS draft: 15742 // An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one 15743 // export keyword. 15744 // 15745 // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another 15746 // export-declaration. 15747 if (D->isExported()) 15748 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export); 15749 15750 CurContext->addDecl(D); 15751 PushDeclContext(S, D); 15752 return D; 15753 } 15754 15755 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration. 15756 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 15757 auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D); 15758 if (RBraceLoc.isValid()) 15759 ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 15760 15761 // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including 15762 // anonymous namespace). 15763 15764 PopDeclContext(); 15765 return D; 15766 } 15767 15768 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15769 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15770 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15771 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15772 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15773 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 15774 LookupOrdinaryName); 15775 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 15776 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 15777 15778 // If a declaration that: 15779 // 1) declares a function or a variable 15780 // 2) has external linkage 15781 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 15782 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15783 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 15784 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 15785 else 15786 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 15787 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 15788 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 15789 } else 15790 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 15791 } 15792 15793 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15794 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15795 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 15796 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 15797 15798 if (PrevDecl) { 15799 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 15800 } else { 15801 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15802 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 15803 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 15804 } 15805 } 15806 15807 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15808 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15809 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15810 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15811 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15812 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 15813 LookupOrdinaryName); 15814 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 15815 15816 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15817 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 15818 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15819 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 15820 } else { 15821 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15822 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 15823 } 15824 } 15825 15826 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 15827 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 15828 } 15829